From a9639756e39592357b7838aa731ccbd43a18cd1b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: awssdkgo Date: Fri, 4 Dec 2020 19:08:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Release v1.36.2 (2020-12-04) === ### Service Client Updates * `service/ds`: Updates service documentation * Documentation updates for ds - updated descriptions * `service/ec2`: Updates service API and documentation * This release introduces tag-on-create capability for the CreateImage API. A user can now specify tags that will be applied to the new resources (image, snapshots or both), during creation time. * `service/kafka`: Updates service API and documentation * `service/lambda`: Updates service API, documentation, and examples * Added the additional enum InvalidImage to StateReasonCode and LastUpdateStatusReasonCode fields. * `service/license-manager`: Updates service API and documentation * `service/medialive`: Updates service API and documentation * AWS Elemental MediaLive now supports black video and audio silence as new conditions to trigger automatic input failover. * `service/rds`: Updates service API and documentation * Adds support for Amazon RDS Cross-Region Automated Backups, the ability to setup automatic replication of snapshots and transaction logs from a primary AWS Region to a secondary AWS Region. * `service/ssm`: Updates service API and documentation * AWS Systems Manager Patch Manager MAC OS Support and OpsMetadata Store APIs to store operational metadata for an Application. * `service/workspaces`: Updates service API and documentation * Update the import-workspace-image API to have "BYOL_REGULAR_WSP" as a valid input string for ingestion-process. --- CHANGELOG.md | 21 + aws/version.go | 2 +- models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/docs-2.json | 40 +- models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/api-2.json | 4 + models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/docs-2.json | 5 +- models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/api-2.json | 1 + models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/docs-2.json | 6 +- models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/api-2.json | 6 +- models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/docs-2.json | 14 +- models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/examples-1.json | 12 +- .../license-manager/2018-08-01/api-2.json | 8 +- .../license-manager/2018-08-01/docs-2.json | 6 +- models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/api-2.json | 101 ++ models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/docs-2.json | 49 +- models/apis/rds/2014-10-31/api-2.json | 98 +- models/apis/rds/2014-10-31/docs-2.json | 135 +- models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/api-2.json | 299 +++- models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json | 220 ++- models/apis/workspaces/2015-04-08/api-2.json | 3 +- models/apis/workspaces/2015-04-08/docs-2.json | 10 +- service/directoryservice/api.go | 84 +- service/directoryservice/errors.go | 8 +- service/ec2/api.go | 41 +- service/kafka/api.go | 10 +- service/lambda/api.go | 38 +- service/lambda/examples_test.go | 8 +- service/licensemanager/api.go | 40 + service/medialive/api.go | 267 ++++ service/rds/api.go | 849 +++++++--- service/rds/rdsiface/interface.go | 8 + service/ssm/api.go | 1407 ++++++++++++++++- service/ssm/errors.go | 46 + service/ssm/ssmiface/interface.go | 20 + service/workspaces/api.go | 62 +- 34 files changed, 3538 insertions(+), 390 deletions(-) diff --git a/CHANGELOG.md b/CHANGELOG.md index 2362e379745..682f36d880e 100644 --- a/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,24 @@ +Release v1.36.2 (2020-12-04) +=== + +### Service Client Updates +* `service/ds`: Updates service documentation + * Documentation updates for ds - updated descriptions +* `service/ec2`: Updates service API and documentation + * This release introduces tag-on-create capability for the CreateImage API. A user can now specify tags that will be applied to the new resources (image, snapshots or both), during creation time. +* `service/kafka`: Updates service API and documentation +* `service/lambda`: Updates service API, documentation, and examples + * Added the additional enum InvalidImage to StateReasonCode and LastUpdateStatusReasonCode fields. +* `service/license-manager`: Updates service API and documentation +* `service/medialive`: Updates service API and documentation + * AWS Elemental MediaLive now supports black video and audio silence as new conditions to trigger automatic input failover. +* `service/rds`: Updates service API and documentation + * Adds support for Amazon RDS Cross-Region Automated Backups, the ability to setup automatic replication of snapshots and transaction logs from a primary AWS Region to a secondary AWS Region. +* `service/ssm`: Updates service API and documentation + * AWS Systems Manager Patch Manager MAC OS Support and OpsMetadata Store APIs to store operational metadata for an Application. +* `service/workspaces`: Updates service API and documentation + * Update the import-workspace-image API to have "BYOL_REGULAR_WSP" as a valid input string for ingestion-process. + Release v1.36.1 (2020-12-03) === diff --git a/aws/version.go b/aws/version.go index a62cbd9da1c..5cfdfd06213 100644 --- a/aws/version.go +++ b/aws/version.go @@ -5,4 +5,4 @@ package aws const SDKName = "aws-sdk-go" // SDKVersion is the version of this SDK -const SDKVersion = "1.36.1" +const SDKVersion = "1.36.2" diff --git a/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/docs-2.json b/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/docs-2.json index b86f6156fe1..c215fe662f3 100644 --- a/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/docs-2.json @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ "DeleteLogSubscription": "

Deletes the specified log subscription.

", "DeleteSnapshot": "

Deletes a directory snapshot.

", "DeleteTrust": "

Deletes an existing trust relationship between your AWS Managed Microsoft AD directory and an external domain.

", - "DeregisterCertificate": "

Deletes from the system the certificate that was registered for a secured LDAP connection.

", + "DeregisterCertificate": "

Deletes from the system the certificate that was registered for secure LDAP or client certificate authentication.

", "DeregisterEventTopic": "

Removes the specified directory as a publisher to the specified SNS topic.

", - "DescribeCertificate": "

Displays information about the certificate registered for a secured LDAP connection.

", + "DescribeCertificate": "

Displays information about the certificate registered for secure LDAP or client certificate authentication.

", "DescribeConditionalForwarders": "

Obtains information about the conditional forwarders for this account.

If no input parameters are provided for RemoteDomainNames, this request describes all conditional forwarders for the specified directory ID.

", "DescribeDirectories": "

Obtains information about the directories that belong to this account.

You can retrieve information about specific directories by passing the directory identifiers in the DirectoryIds parameter. Otherwise, all directories that belong to the current account are returned.

This operation supports pagination with the use of the NextToken request and response parameters. If more results are available, the DescribeDirectoriesResult.NextToken member contains a token that you pass in the next call to DescribeDirectories to retrieve the next set of items.

You can also specify a maximum number of return results with the Limit parameter.

", "DescribeDomainControllers": "

Provides information about any domain controllers in your directory.

", @@ -33,22 +33,22 @@ "DescribeSharedDirectories": "

Returns the shared directories in your account.

", "DescribeSnapshots": "

Obtains information about the directory snapshots that belong to this account.

This operation supports pagination with the use of the NextToken request and response parameters. If more results are available, the DescribeSnapshots.NextToken member contains a token that you pass in the next call to DescribeSnapshots to retrieve the next set of items.

You can also specify a maximum number of return results with the Limit parameter.

", "DescribeTrusts": "

Obtains information about the trust relationships for this account.

If no input parameters are provided, such as DirectoryId or TrustIds, this request describes all the trust relationships belonging to the account.

", - "DisableClientAuthentication": "

Disable client authentication for smart cards.

", + "DisableClientAuthentication": "

Disables alternative client authentication methods for the specified directory.

", "DisableLDAPS": "

Deactivates LDAP secure calls for the specified directory.

", "DisableRadius": "

Disables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory.

", "DisableSso": "

Disables single-sign on for a directory.

", - "EnableClientAuthentication": "

Enable client authentication for smardtcards.

", + "EnableClientAuthentication": "

Enables alternative client authentication methods for the specified directory.

", "EnableLDAPS": "

Activates the switch for the specific directory to always use LDAP secure calls.

", "EnableRadius": "

Enables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory.

", "EnableSso": "

Enables single sign-on for a directory. Single sign-on allows users in your directory to access certain AWS services from a computer joined to the directory without having to enter their credentials separately.

", "GetDirectoryLimits": "

Obtains directory limit information for the current Region.

", "GetSnapshotLimits": "

Obtains the manual snapshot limits for a directory.

", - "ListCertificates": "

For the specified directory, lists all the certificates registered for a secured LDAP connection.

", + "ListCertificates": "

For the specified directory, lists all the certificates registered for a secure LDAP or client certificate authentication.

", "ListIpRoutes": "

Lists the address blocks that you have added to a directory.

", "ListLogSubscriptions": "

Lists the active log subscriptions for the AWS account.

", "ListSchemaExtensions": "

Lists all schema extensions applied to a Microsoft AD Directory.

", "ListTagsForResource": "

Lists all tags on a directory.

", - "RegisterCertificate": "

Registers a certificate for secured LDAP connection.

", + "RegisterCertificate": "

Registers a certificate for a secure LDAP or client certificate authentication.

", "RegisterEventTopic": "

Associates a directory with an SNS topic. This establishes the directory as a publisher to the specified SNS topic. You can then receive email or text (SMS) messages when the status of your directory changes. You get notified if your directory goes from an Active status to an Impaired or Inoperable status. You also receive a notification when the directory returns to an Active status.

", "RejectSharedDirectory": "

Rejects a directory sharing request that was sent from the directory owner account.

", "RemoveIpRoutes": "

Removes IP address blocks from a directory.

", @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ } }, "AccessDeniedException": { - "base": "

You do not have sufficient access to perform this action.

", + "base": "

Client authentication is not available in this region at this time.

", "refs": { } }, @@ -275,9 +275,9 @@ "CertificateType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "Certificate$Type": "

Select ClientCertAuth for smart card integration.

", - "CertificateInfo$Type": "

Displays the type of certificate.

", - "RegisterCertificateRequest$Type": "

The certificate type to register for the request.

" + "Certificate$Type": "

The function that the registered certificate performs. Valid values include ClientLDAPS or ClientCertAuth. The default value is ClientLDAPS.

", + "CertificateInfo$Type": "

The function that the registered certificate performs. Valid values include ClientLDAPS or ClientCertAuth. The default value is ClientLDAPS.

", + "RegisterCertificateRequest$Type": "

The function that the registered certificate performs. Valid values include ClientLDAPS or ClientCertAuth. The default value is ClientLDAPS.

" } }, "CertificatesInfo": { @@ -303,15 +303,15 @@ "ClientAuthenticationType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "DisableClientAuthenticationRequest$Type": "

Disable the type of client authentication request.

", - "EnableClientAuthenticationRequest$Type": "

Enable the type of client authentication request.

" + "DisableClientAuthenticationRequest$Type": "

The type of client authentication to disable. Currently, only the parameter, SmartCard is supported.

", + "EnableClientAuthenticationRequest$Type": "

The type of client authentication to enable. Currently only the value SmartCard is supported. Smart card authentication in AD Connector requires that you enable Kerberos Constrained Delegation for the Service User to the LDAP service in the on-premises AD.

" } }, "ClientCertAuthSettings": { - "base": "

Contains information about the client certificate authentication settings, such as ClientLDAPS or ClientCertAuth.

", + "base": "

Contains information about the client certificate authentication settings for the RegisterCertificate and DescribeCertificate operations.

", "refs": { - "Certificate$ClientCertAuthSettings": "

Provides information about the client certificate authentication settings. The default value is ClientLDAPS.

", - "RegisterCertificateRequest$ClientCertAuthSettings": null + "Certificate$ClientCertAuthSettings": "

A ClientCertAuthSettings object that contains client certificate authentication settings.

", + "RegisterCertificateRequest$ClientCertAuthSettings": "

A ClientCertAuthSettings object that contains client certificate authentication settings.

" } }, "ClientException": { @@ -766,12 +766,12 @@ "DescribeTrustsRequest$DirectoryId": "

The Directory ID of the AWS directory that is a part of the requested trust relationship.

", "DirectoryDescription$DirectoryId": "

The directory identifier.

", "DirectoryIds$member": null, - "DisableClientAuthenticationRequest$DirectoryId": "

Disable client authentication in a specified directory for smart cards.

", + "DisableClientAuthenticationRequest$DirectoryId": "

The identifier of the directory

", "DisableLDAPSRequest$DirectoryId": "

The identifier of the directory.

", "DisableRadiusRequest$DirectoryId": "

The identifier of the directory for which to disable MFA.

", "DisableSsoRequest$DirectoryId": "

The identifier of the directory for which to disable single-sign on.

", "DomainController$DirectoryId": "

Identifier of the directory where the domain controller resides.

", - "EnableClientAuthenticationRequest$DirectoryId": "

Enable client authentication in a specified directory for smart cards.

", + "EnableClientAuthenticationRequest$DirectoryId": "

The identifier of the specified directory.

", "EnableLDAPSRequest$DirectoryId": "

The identifier of the directory.

", "EnableRadiusRequest$DirectoryId": "

The identifier of the directory for which to enable MFA.

", "EnableSsoRequest$DirectoryId": "

The identifier of the directory for which to enable single-sign on.

", @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ } }, "InvalidClientAuthStatusException": { - "base": "

The client authorization was invalid.

", + "base": "

Client authentication is already enabled.

", "refs": { } }, @@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ } }, "NoAvailableCertificateException": { - "base": "

The LDAP activities could not be performed because at least one valid certificate must be registered with the system.

", + "base": "

Client authentication setup could not be completed because at least one valid certificate must be registered in the system.

", "refs": { } }, @@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ "OCSPUrl": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ClientCertAuthSettings$OCSPUrl": "

Specifies the URL of the default OCSP server used to check for revocation status.

" + "ClientCertAuthSettings$OCSPUrl": "

Specifies the URL of the default OCSP server used to check for revocation status. A secondary value to any OCSP address found in the AIA extension of the user certificate.

" } }, "OrganizationalUnitDN": { diff --git a/models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/api-2.json b/models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/api-2.json index e0e4d0ec923..890ef518387 100755 --- a/models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/api-2.json @@ -7218,6 +7218,10 @@ "NoReboot":{ "shape":"Boolean", "locationName":"noReboot" + }, + "TagSpecifications":{ + "shape":"TagSpecificationList", + "locationName":"TagSpecification" } } }, diff --git a/models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/docs-2.json b/models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/docs-2.json index 87a9e4afdde..9a0503158e8 100755 --- a/models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/docs-2.json @@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ "CreateFlowLogsRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "CreateFpgaImageRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "CreateImageRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", - "CreateImageRequest$NoReboot": "

By default, Amazon EC2 attempts to shut down and reboot the instance before creating the image. If the 'No Reboot' option is set, Amazon EC2 doesn't shut down the instance before creating the image. When this option is used, file system integrity on the created image can't be guaranteed.

", + "CreateImageRequest$NoReboot": "

By default, Amazon EC2 attempts to shut down and reboot the instance before creating the image. If the No Reboot option is set, Amazon EC2 doesn't shut down the instance before creating the image. When this option is used, file system integrity on the created image can't be guaranteed.

", "CreateInternetGatewayRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "CreateKeyPairRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "CreateLaunchTemplateRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", @@ -11696,7 +11696,7 @@ "LaunchTemplateTagSpecificationRequest$ResourceType": "

The type of resource to tag. Currently, the resource types that support tagging on creation are instance and volume. To tag a resource after it has been created, see CreateTags.

", "SpotFleetTagSpecification$ResourceType": "

The type of resource. Currently, the only resource type that is supported is instance. To tag the Spot Fleet request on creation, use the TagSpecifications parameter in SpotFleetRequestConfigData .

", "TagDescription$ResourceType": "

The resource type.

", - "TagSpecification$ResourceType": "

The type of resource to tag. Currently, the resource types that support tagging on creation are: capacity-reservation | carrier-gateway | client-vpn-endpoint | customer-gateway | dedicated-host | dhcp-options | export-image-task | export-instance-task | fleet | fpga-image | host-reservation | import-image-task | import-snapshot-task | instance | internet-gateway | ipv4pool-ec2 | ipv6pool-ec2 | key-pair | launch-template | placement-group | prefix-list | natgateway | network-acl | route-table | security-group | spot-fleet-request | spot-instances-request | snapshot | subnet | traffic-mirror-filter | traffic-mirror-session | traffic-mirror-target | transit-gateway | transit-gateway-attachment | transit-gateway-route-table | volume |vpc | vpc-peering-connection | vpc-endpoint (for interface and gateway endpoints) | vpc-endpoint-service (for AWS PrivateLink) | vpc-flow-log | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway.

To tag a resource after it has been created, see CreateTags.

" + "TagSpecification$ResourceType": "

The type of resource to tag. Currently, the resource types that support tagging on creation are: capacity-reservation | carrier-gateway | client-vpn-endpoint | customer-gateway | dedicated-host | dhcp-options | export-image-task | export-instance-task | fleet | fpga-image | host-reservation | image| import-image-task | import-snapshot-task | instance | internet-gateway | ipv4pool-ec2 | ipv6pool-ec2 | key-pair | launch-template | placement-group | prefix-list | natgateway | network-acl | route-table | security-group| snapshot | spot-fleet-request | spot-instances-request | snapshot | subnet | traffic-mirror-filter | traffic-mirror-session | traffic-mirror-target | transit-gateway | transit-gateway-attachment | transit-gateway-route-table | volume |vpc | vpc-peering-connection | vpc-endpoint (for interface and gateway endpoints) | vpc-endpoint-service (for AWS PrivateLink) | vpc-flow-log | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway.

To tag a resource after it has been created, see CreateTags.

" } }, "ResponseError": { @@ -14418,6 +14418,7 @@ "CreateFleetRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The key-value pair for tagging the EC2 Fleet request on creation. The value for ResourceType must be fleet, otherwise the fleet request fails. To tag instances at launch, specify the tags in the launch template. For information about tagging after launch, see Tagging your resources.

", "CreateFlowLogsRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The tags to apply to the flow logs.

", "CreateFpgaImageRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The tags to apply to the FPGA image during creation.

", + "CreateImageRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The tags to apply to the AMI and snapshots on creation. You can tag the AMI, the snapshots, or both.

If you specify other values for ResourceType, the request fails.

To tag an AMI or snapshot after it has been created, see CreateTags.

", "CreateInstanceExportTaskRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The tags to apply to the instance export task during creation.

", "CreateInternetGatewayRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The tags to assign to the internet gateway.

", "CreateKeyPairRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The tags to apply to the new key pair.

", diff --git a/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/api-2.json b/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/api-2.json index 8021dc0a90d..43a9f3ca128 100644 --- a/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/api-2.json @@ -1247,6 +1247,7 @@ "CREATING", "DELETING", "FAILED", + "HEALING", "MAINTENANCE", "REBOOTING_BROKER", "UPDATING" diff --git a/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/docs-2.json b/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/docs-2.json index 9bd5d19b04e..4ba27a394a2 100644 --- a/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/docs-2.json @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@ "ClusterState" : { "base" : "

The state of a Kafka cluster.

", "refs" : { - "ClusterInfo$State" : "

The state of the cluster. The possible states are ACTIVE, CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING.

", - "CreateClusterResponse$State" : "

The state of the cluster. The possible states are ACTIVE, CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING.

", - "DeleteClusterResponse$State" : "

The state of the cluster. The possible states are ACTIVE, CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING.

" + "ClusterInfo$State" : "

The state of the cluster. The possible states are ACTIVE, CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, HEALING, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING.

", + "CreateClusterResponse$State" : "

The state of the cluster. The possible states are ACTIVE, CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, HEALING, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING.

", + "DeleteClusterResponse$State" : "

The state of the cluster. The possible states are ACTIVE, CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, HEALING, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING.

" } }, "CompatibleKafkaVersion" : { diff --git a/models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/api-2.json b/models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/api-2.json index 029d50f5194..f2860f90ef8 100644 --- a/models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/api-2.json @@ -2263,7 +2263,8 @@ "InvalidSubnet", "InvalidSecurityGroup", "ImageDeleted", - "ImageAccessDenied" + "ImageAccessDenied", + "InvalidImage" ] }, "Layer":{ @@ -3227,7 +3228,8 @@ "InvalidSubnet", "InvalidSecurityGroup", "ImageDeleted", - "ImageAccessDenied" + "ImageAccessDenied", + "InvalidImage" ] }, "StatementId":{ diff --git a/models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/docs-2.json b/models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/docs-2.json index c122bdb4025..c7004336997 100644 --- a/models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/docs-2.json @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ "CreateAlias": "

Creates an alias for a Lambda function version. Use aliases to provide clients with a function identifier that you can update to invoke a different version.

You can also map an alias to split invocation requests between two versions. Use the RoutingConfig parameter to specify a second version and the percentage of invocation requests that it receives.

", "CreateCodeSigningConfig": "

Creates a code signing configuration. A code signing configuration defines a list of allowed signing profiles and defines the code-signing validation policy (action to be taken if deployment validation checks fail).

", "CreateEventSourceMapping": "

Creates a mapping between an event source and an AWS Lambda function. Lambda reads items from the event source and triggers the function.

For details about each event source type, see the following topics.

The following error handling options are only available for stream sources (DynamoDB and Kinesis):

", - "CreateFunction": "

Creates a Lambda function. To create a function, you need a deployment package and an execution role. The deployment package is a ZIP archive or image container that contains your function code. The execution role grants the function permission to use AWS services, such as Amazon CloudWatch Logs for log streaming and AWS X-Ray for request tracing.

When you create a function, Lambda provisions an instance of the function and its supporting resources. If your function connects to a VPC, this process can take a minute or so. During this time, you can't invoke or modify the function. The State, StateReason, and StateReasonCode fields in the response from GetFunctionConfiguration indicate when the function is ready to invoke. For more information, see Function States.

A function has an unpublished version, and can have published versions and aliases. The unpublished version changes when you update your function's code and configuration. A published version is a snapshot of your function code and configuration that can't be changed. An alias is a named resource that maps to a version, and can be changed to map to a different version. Use the Publish parameter to create version 1 of your function from its initial configuration.

The other parameters let you configure version-specific and function-level settings. You can modify version-specific settings later with UpdateFunctionConfiguration. Function-level settings apply to both the unpublished and published versions of the function, and include tags (TagResource) and per-function concurrency limits (PutFunctionConcurrency).

You can use code signing if your deployment package is a ZIP archive. To enable code signing for this function, specify the ARN of a code-signing configuration. When a user attempts to deploy a code package with UpdateFunctionCode, Lambda checks that the code package has a valid signature from a trusted publisher. The code-signing configuration includes set set of signing profiles, which define the trusted publishers for this function.

If another account or an AWS service invokes your function, use AddPermission to grant permission by creating a resource-based IAM policy. You can grant permissions at the function level, on a version, or on an alias.

To invoke your function directly, use Invoke. To invoke your function in response to events in other AWS services, create an event source mapping (CreateEventSourceMapping), or configure a function trigger in the other service. For more information, see Invoking Functions.

", + "CreateFunction": "

Creates a Lambda function. To create a function, you need a deployment package and an execution role. The deployment package is a .zip file archive or container image that contains your function code. The execution role grants the function permission to use AWS services, such as Amazon CloudWatch Logs for log streaming and AWS X-Ray for request tracing.

When you create a function, Lambda provisions an instance of the function and its supporting resources. If your function connects to a VPC, this process can take a minute or so. During this time, you can't invoke or modify the function. The State, StateReason, and StateReasonCode fields in the response from GetFunctionConfiguration indicate when the function is ready to invoke. For more information, see Function States.

A function has an unpublished version, and can have published versions and aliases. The unpublished version changes when you update your function's code and configuration. A published version is a snapshot of your function code and configuration that can't be changed. An alias is a named resource that maps to a version, and can be changed to map to a different version. Use the Publish parameter to create version 1 of your function from its initial configuration.

The other parameters let you configure version-specific and function-level settings. You can modify version-specific settings later with UpdateFunctionConfiguration. Function-level settings apply to both the unpublished and published versions of the function, and include tags (TagResource) and per-function concurrency limits (PutFunctionConcurrency).

You can use code signing if your deployment package is a .zip file archive. To enable code signing for this function, specify the ARN of a code-signing configuration. When a user attempts to deploy a code package with UpdateFunctionCode, Lambda checks that the code package has a valid signature from a trusted publisher. The code-signing configuration includes set set of signing profiles, which define the trusted publishers for this function.

If another account or an AWS service invokes your function, use AddPermission to grant permission by creating a resource-based IAM policy. You can grant permissions at the function level, on a version, or on an alias.

To invoke your function directly, use Invoke. To invoke your function in response to events in other AWS services, create an event source mapping (CreateEventSourceMapping), or configure a function trigger in the other service. For more information, see Invoking Functions.

", "DeleteAlias": "

Deletes a Lambda function alias.

", "DeleteCodeSigningConfig": "

Deletes the code signing configuration. You can delete the code signing configuration only if no function is using it.

", "DeleteEventSourceMapping": "

Deletes an event source mapping. You can get the identifier of a mapping from the output of ListEventSourceMappings.

When you delete an event source mapping, it enters a Deleting state and might not be completely deleted for several seconds.

", @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ "UpdateAlias": "

Updates the configuration of a Lambda function alias.

", "UpdateCodeSigningConfig": "

Update the code signing configuration. Changes to the code signing configuration take effect the next time a user tries to deploy a code package to the function.

", "UpdateEventSourceMapping": "

Updates an event source mapping. You can change the function that AWS Lambda invokes, or pause invocation and resume later from the same location.

The following error handling options are only available for stream sources (DynamoDB and Kinesis):

", - "UpdateFunctionCode": "

Updates a Lambda function's code. If code signing is enabled for the function, the code package must be signed by a trusted publisher. For more information, see Configuring code signing.

The function's code is locked when you publish a version. You can't modify the code of a published version, only the unpublished version.

", + "UpdateFunctionCode": "

Updates a Lambda function's code. If code signing is enabled for the function, the code package must be signed by a trusted publisher. For more information, see Configuring code signing.

The function's code is locked when you publish a version. You can't modify the code of a published version, only the unpublished version.

For a function defined as a container image, Lambda resolves the image tag to an image digest. In Amazon ECR, if you update the image tag to a new image, Lambda does not automatically update the function.

", "UpdateFunctionConfiguration": "

Modify the version-specific settings of a Lambda function.

When you update a function, Lambda provisions an instance of the function and its supporting resources. If your function connects to a VPC, this process can take a minute. During this time, you can't modify the function, but you can still invoke it. The LastUpdateStatus, LastUpdateStatusReason, and LastUpdateStatusReasonCode fields in the response from GetFunctionConfiguration indicate when the update is complete and the function is processing events with the new configuration. For more information, see Function States.

These settings can vary between versions of a function and are locked when you publish a version. You can't modify the configuration of a published version, only the unpublished version.

To configure function concurrency, use PutFunctionConcurrency. To grant invoke permissions to an account or AWS service, use AddPermission.

", "UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig": "

Updates the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias.

To configure options for asynchronous invocation, use PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig.

" }, @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ } }, "FunctionCode": { - "base": "

The code for the Lambda function. You can specify either an object in Amazon S3, upload a ZIP archive deployment package directly, or specify the URI of a container image.

", + "base": "

The code for the Lambda function. You can specify either an object in Amazon S3, upload a .zip file archive deployment package directly, or specify the URI of a container image.

", "refs": { "CreateFunctionRequest$Code": "

The code for the function.

" } @@ -1244,9 +1244,9 @@ "MemorySize": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateFunctionRequest$MemorySize": "

The amount of memory that your function has access to. Increasing the function's memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is 128 MB. The value must be a multiple of 64 MB.

", - "FunctionConfiguration$MemorySize": "

The memory that's allocated to the function.

", - "UpdateFunctionConfigurationRequest$MemorySize": "

The amount of memory that your function has access to. Increasing the function's memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is 128 MB. The value must be a multiple of 64 MB.

" + "CreateFunctionRequest$MemorySize": "

The amount of memory available to the function at runtime. Increasing the function's memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is 128 MB. The value can be any multiple of 1 MB.

", + "FunctionConfiguration$MemorySize": "

The amount of memory available to the function at runtime.

", + "UpdateFunctionConfigurationRequest$MemorySize": "

The amount of memory available to the function at runtime. Increasing the function's memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is 128 MB. The value can be any multiple of 1 MB.

" } }, "NameSpacedFunctionArn": { @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "CreateFunctionRequest$PackageType": "

The type of deployment package. Set to Image for container image and set Zip for ZIP archive.

", - "FunctionConfiguration$PackageType": "

The type of deployment package. Set to Image for container image and set Zip for ZIP archive.

" + "FunctionConfiguration$PackageType": "

The type of deployment package. Set to Image for container image and set Zip for .zip file archive.

" } }, "ParallelizationFactor": { diff --git a/models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/examples-1.json b/models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/examples-1.json index b2902df011c..a60fc3bd040 100644 --- a/models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/examples-1.json +++ b/models/apis/lambda/2015-03-31/examples-1.json @@ -649,9 +649,9 @@ "output": { } }, - "description": "The following example displays details for the provisioned concurrency configuration for the BLUE alias of the specified function.", - "id": "to-view-a-provisioned-concurrency-configuration-1586490192690", - "title": "To view a provisioned concurrency configuration" + "description": "The following example returns details for the provisioned concurrency configuration for the BLUE alias of the specified function.", + "id": "to-get-a-provisioned-concurrency-configuration-1586490192690", + "title": "To get a provisioned concurrency configuration" }, { "input": { @@ -671,9 +671,9 @@ "output": { } }, - "description": "The following example returns details for the provisioned concurrency configuration for the BLUE alias of the specified function.", - "id": "to-get-a-provisioned-concurrency-configuration-1586490192690", - "title": "To get a provisioned concurrency configuration" + "description": "The following example displays details for the provisioned concurrency configuration for the BLUE alias of the specified function.", + "id": "to-view-a-provisioned-concurrency-configuration-1586490192690", + "title": "To view a provisioned concurrency configuration" } ], "Invoke": [ diff --git a/models/apis/license-manager/2018-08-01/api-2.json b/models/apis/license-manager/2018-08-01/api-2.json index 1717b199a36..43407542823 100644 --- a/models/apis/license-manager/2018-08-01/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/license-manager/2018-08-01/api-2.json @@ -959,6 +959,7 @@ "LicenseCountHardLimit":{"shape":"BoxBoolean"}, "LicenseRules":{"shape":"StringList"}, "Tags":{"shape":"TagList"}, + "DisassociateWhenNotFound":{"shape":"BoxBoolean"}, "ProductInformationList":{"shape":"ProductInformationList"} } }, @@ -1365,7 +1366,8 @@ "ManagedResourceSummaryList":{"shape":"ManagedResourceSummaryList"}, "Tags":{"shape":"TagList"}, "ProductInformationList":{"shape":"ProductInformationList"}, - "AutomatedDiscoveryInformation":{"shape":"AutomatedDiscoveryInformation"} + "AutomatedDiscoveryInformation":{"shape":"AutomatedDiscoveryInformation"}, + "DisassociateWhenNotFound":{"shape":"BoxBoolean"} } }, "GetLicenseRequest":{ @@ -1574,6 +1576,7 @@ "LicenseRules":{"shape":"StringList"}, "LicenseCount":{"shape":"BoxLong"}, "LicenseCountHardLimit":{"shape":"BoxBoolean"}, + "DisassociateWhenNotFound":{"shape":"BoxBoolean"}, "ConsumedLicenses":{"shape":"BoxLong"}, "Status":{"shape":"String"}, "OwnerAccountId":{"shape":"String"}, @@ -2199,7 +2202,8 @@ "LicenseCountHardLimit":{"shape":"BoxBoolean"}, "Name":{"shape":"String"}, "Description":{"shape":"String"}, - "ProductInformationList":{"shape":"ProductInformationList"} + "ProductInformationList":{"shape":"ProductInformationList"}, + "DisassociateWhenNotFound":{"shape":"BoxBoolean"} } }, "UpdateLicenseConfigurationResponse":{ diff --git a/models/apis/license-manager/2018-08-01/docs-2.json b/models/apis/license-manager/2018-08-01/docs-2.json index b388d4647fa..0680d8e67af 100644 --- a/models/apis/license-manager/2018-08-01/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/license-manager/2018-08-01/docs-2.json @@ -149,12 +149,16 @@ "refs": { "BorrowConfiguration$AllowEarlyCheckIn": "

Indicates whether early check-ins are allowed.

", "CreateLicenseConfigurationRequest$LicenseCountHardLimit": "

Indicates whether hard or soft license enforcement is used. Exceeding a hard limit blocks the launch of new instances.

", + "CreateLicenseConfigurationRequest$DisassociateWhenNotFound": "

When true, disassociates a resource when software is uninstalled.

", "Entitlement$Overage": "

Indicates whether overages are allowed.

", "Entitlement$AllowCheckIn": "

Indicates whether check-ins are allowed.

", "GetLicenseConfigurationResponse$LicenseCountHardLimit": "

Sets the number of available licenses as a hard limit.

", + "GetLicenseConfigurationResponse$DisassociateWhenNotFound": "

When true, disassociates a resource when software is uninstalled.

", "GetServiceSettingsResponse$EnableCrossAccountsDiscovery": "

Indicates whether cross-account discovery is enabled.

", "LicenseConfiguration$LicenseCountHardLimit": "

Number of available licenses as a hard limit.

", + "LicenseConfiguration$DisassociateWhenNotFound": "

When true, disassociates a resource when software is uninstalled.

", "UpdateLicenseConfigurationRequest$LicenseCountHardLimit": "

New hard limit of the number of available licenses.

", + "UpdateLicenseConfigurationRequest$DisassociateWhenNotFound": "

When true, disassociates a resource when software is uninstalled.

", "UpdateServiceSettingsRequest$EnableCrossAccountsDiscovery": "

Activates cross-account discovery.

" } }, @@ -653,7 +657,7 @@ "InventoryFilterList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ListResourceInventoryRequest$Filters": "

Filters to scope the results. The following filters and logical operators are supported:

" + "ListResourceInventoryRequest$Filters": "

Filters to scope the results. The following filters and logical operators are supported:

" } }, "Issuer": { diff --git a/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/api-2.json b/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/api-2.json index 66012e7ba2b..d5ab04eab88 100644 --- a/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/api-2.json @@ -2601,6 +2601,22 @@ } } }, + "AudioSilenceFailoverSettings": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "AudioSelectorName": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "audioSelectorName" + }, + "AudioSilenceThresholdMsec": { + "shape": "__integerMin1000", + "locationName": "audioSilenceThresholdMsec" + } + }, + "required": [ + "AudioSelectorName" + ] + }, "AudioTrack": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -4527,6 +4543,10 @@ "Type": { "shape": "InputDeviceType", "locationName": "type" + }, + "UhdDeviceSettings": { + "shape": "InputDeviceUhdSettings", + "locationName": "uhdDeviceSettings" } } }, @@ -5545,9 +5565,17 @@ "FailoverConditionSettings": { "type": "structure", "members": { + "AudioSilenceSettings": { + "shape": "AudioSilenceFailoverSettings", + "locationName": "audioSilenceSettings" + }, "InputLossSettings": { "shape": "InputLossFailoverSettings", "locationName": "inputLossSettings" + }, + "VideoBlackSettings": { + "shape": "VideoBlackFailoverSettings", + "locationName": "videoBlackSettings" } } }, @@ -7264,6 +7292,10 @@ "Type": { "shape": "InputDeviceType", "locationName": "type" + }, + "UhdDeviceSettings": { + "shape": "InputDeviceUhdSettings", + "locationName": "uhdDeviceSettings" } } }, @@ -7462,6 +7494,10 @@ "Type": { "shape": "InputDeviceType", "locationName": "type" + }, + "UhdDeviceSettings": { + "shape": "InputDeviceUhdSettings", + "locationName": "uhdDeviceSettings" } } }, @@ -7478,6 +7514,43 @@ "HD" ] }, + "InputDeviceUhdSettings": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "ActiveInput": { + "shape": "InputDeviceActiveInput", + "locationName": "activeInput" + }, + "ConfiguredInput": { + "shape": "InputDeviceConfiguredInput", + "locationName": "configuredInput" + }, + "DeviceState": { + "shape": "InputDeviceState", + "locationName": "deviceState" + }, + "Framerate": { + "shape": "__double", + "locationName": "framerate" + }, + "Height": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "height" + }, + "MaxBitrate": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "maxBitrate" + }, + "ScanType": { + "shape": "InputDeviceScanType", + "locationName": "scanType" + }, + "Width": { + "shape": "__integer", + "locationName": "width" + } + } + }, "InputFilter": { "type": "string", "enum": [ @@ -11633,6 +11706,10 @@ "Name": { "shape": "__string", "locationName": "name" + }, + "UhdDeviceSettings": { + "shape": "InputDeviceConfigurableSettings", + "locationName": "uhdDeviceSettings" } } }, @@ -11651,6 +11728,10 @@ "Name": { "shape": "__string", "locationName": "name" + }, + "UhdDeviceSettings": { + "shape": "InputDeviceConfigurableSettings", + "locationName": "uhdDeviceSettings" } }, "required": [ @@ -11703,6 +11784,10 @@ "Type": { "shape": "InputDeviceType", "locationName": "type" + }, + "UhdDeviceSettings": { + "shape": "InputDeviceUhdSettings", + "locationName": "uhdDeviceSettings" } } }, @@ -11963,6 +12048,19 @@ } } }, + "VideoBlackFailoverSettings": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "BlackDetectThreshold": { + "shape": "__doubleMin0Max1", + "locationName": "blackDetectThreshold" + }, + "VideoBlackThresholdMsec": { + "shape": "__integerMin1000", + "locationName": "videoBlackThresholdMsec" + } + } + }, "VideoCodecSettings": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -12138,6 +12236,9 @@ "__doubleMin0": { "type": "double" }, + "__doubleMin0Max1": { + "type": "double" + }, "__doubleMin1": { "type": "double" }, diff --git a/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/docs-2.json b/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/docs-2.json index 07d605b1d2c..c5cc3276c64 100644 --- a/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/docs-2.json @@ -288,6 +288,12 @@ "AudioSelector$SelectorSettings": "The audio selector settings." } }, + "AudioSilenceFailoverSettings": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "FailoverConditionSettings$AudioSilenceSettings": "MediaLive will perform a failover if the specified audio selector is silent for the specified period." + } + }, "AudioTrack": { "base": "Audio Track", "refs": { @@ -1563,13 +1569,15 @@ "InputDeviceActiveInput": { "base": "The source at the input device that is currently active.", "refs": { - "InputDeviceHdSettings$ActiveInput": "If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources is currently active (SDI or HDMI)." + "InputDeviceHdSettings$ActiveInput": "If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources is currently active (SDI or HDMI).", + "InputDeviceUhdSettings$ActiveInput": "If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources is currently active (SDI or HDMI)." } }, "InputDeviceConfigurableSettings": { "base": "Configurable settings for the input device.", "refs": { - "UpdateInputDevice$HdDeviceSettings": "The settings that you want to apply to the input device." + "UpdateInputDevice$HdDeviceSettings": "The settings that you want to apply to the HD input device.", + "UpdateInputDevice$UhdDeviceSettings": "The settings that you want to apply to the UHD input device." } }, "InputDeviceConfigurationValidationError": { @@ -1581,7 +1589,8 @@ "base": "The source to activate (use) from the input device.", "refs": { "InputDeviceConfigurableSettings$ConfiguredInput": "The input source that you want to use. If the device has a source connected to only one of its input ports, or if you don't care which source the device sends, specify Auto. If the device has sources connected to both its input ports, and you want to use a specific source, specify the source.", - "InputDeviceHdSettings$ConfiguredInput": "The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify this source." + "InputDeviceHdSettings$ConfiguredInput": "The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify this source.", + "InputDeviceUhdSettings$ConfiguredInput": "The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify this source." } }, "InputDeviceConnectionState": { @@ -1620,7 +1629,8 @@ "InputDeviceScanType": { "base": "The scan type of the video source.", "refs": { - "InputDeviceHdSettings$ScanType": "The scan type of the video source." + "InputDeviceHdSettings$ScanType": "The scan type of the video source.", + "InputDeviceUhdSettings$ScanType": "The scan type of the video source." } }, "InputDeviceSettings": { @@ -1632,7 +1642,8 @@ "InputDeviceState": { "base": "The state of the input device.", "refs": { - "InputDeviceHdSettings$DeviceState": "The state of the input device." + "InputDeviceHdSettings$DeviceState": "The state of the input device.", + "InputDeviceUhdSettings$DeviceState": "The state of the input device." } }, "InputDeviceSummary": { @@ -1654,6 +1665,13 @@ "InputDeviceSummary$Type": "The type of the input device." } }, + "InputDeviceUhdSettings": { + "base": "Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video characteristics of that source.", + "refs": { + "InputDevice$UhdDeviceSettings": "Settings that describe an input device that is type UHD.", + "InputDeviceSummary$UhdDeviceSettings": "Settings that describe an input device that is type UHD." + } + }, "InputFilter": { "base": "Input Filter", "refs": { @@ -3065,6 +3083,12 @@ "__listOfValidationError$member": null } }, + "VideoBlackFailoverSettings": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "FailoverConditionSettings$VideoBlackSettings": "MediaLive will perform a failover if content is considered black for the specified period." + } + }, "VideoCodecSettings": { "base": "Video Codec Settings", "refs": { @@ -3162,6 +3186,7 @@ "H264Settings$GopSize": "GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.\nIf gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than or equal to 1.\nIf gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0, but need not be an integer.", "H265Settings$GopSize": "GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.\nIf gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than or equal to 1.\nIf gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0, but need not be an integer.", "InputDeviceHdSettings$Framerate": "The frame rate of the video source.", + "InputDeviceUhdSettings$Framerate": "The frame rate of the video source.", "Mp2Settings$Bitrate": "Average bitrate in bits/second.", "Mp2Settings$SampleRate": "Sample rate in Hz.", "Mpeg2Settings$GopSize": "Relates to the GOP structure. The GOP size (keyframe interval) in the units specified in gopSizeUnits. If you do not know what GOP is, use the default.\nIf gopSizeUnits is frames, then the gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than or equal to 1.\nIf gopSizeUnits is seconds, the gopSize must be greater than 0, but does not need to be an integer.", @@ -3180,6 +3205,12 @@ "M2tsSettings$NullPacketBitrate": "Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic null packets." } }, + "__doubleMin0Max1": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "VideoBlackFailoverSettings$BlackDetectThreshold": "A value used in calculating the threshold below which MediaLive considers a pixel to be 'black'. For the input to be considered black, every pixel in a frame must be below this threshold. The threshold is calculated as a percentage (expressed as a decimal) of white. Therefore .1 means 10% white (or 90% black). Note how the formula works for any color depth. For example, if you set this field to 0.1 in 10-bit color depth: (1023*0.1=102.3), which means a pixel value of 102 or less is 'black'. If you set this field to .1 in an 8-bit color depth: (255*0.1=25.5), which means a pixel value of 25 or less is 'black'. The range is 0.0 to 1.0, with any number of decimal places." + } + }, "__doubleMin1": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -3205,6 +3236,9 @@ "InputDeviceHdSettings$Height": "The height of the video source, in pixels.", "InputDeviceHdSettings$MaxBitrate": "The current maximum bitrate for ingesting this source, in bits per second. You can specify this maximum.", "InputDeviceHdSettings$Width": "The width of the video source, in pixels.", + "InputDeviceUhdSettings$Height": "The height of the video source, in pixels.", + "InputDeviceUhdSettings$MaxBitrate": "The current maximum bitrate for ingesting this source, in bits per second. You can specify this maximum.", + "InputDeviceUhdSettings$Width": "The width of the video source, in pixels.", "Multiplex$PipelinesRunningCount": "The number of currently healthy pipelines.", "Multiplex$ProgramCount": "The number of programs in the multiplex.", "MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap$DvbTeletextPid": null, @@ -3455,8 +3489,10 @@ "__integerMin1000": { "base": null, "refs": { + "AudioSilenceFailoverSettings$AudioSilenceThresholdMsec": "The amount of time (in milliseconds) that the active input must be silent before automatic input failover occurs. Silence is defined as audio loss or audio quieter than -50 dBFS.", "H264Settings$Bitrate": "Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple of 1000.", - "H264Settings$MaxBitrate": "For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality level\n\nFor VBR: Set the maximum bitrate in order to accommodate expected spikes in the complexity of the video." + "H264Settings$MaxBitrate": "For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality level\n\nFor VBR: Set the maximum bitrate in order to accommodate expected spikes in the complexity of the video.", + "VideoBlackFailoverSettings$VideoBlackThresholdMsec": "The amount of time (in milliseconds) that the active input must be black before automatic input failover occurs." } }, "__integerMin1000000Max100000000": { @@ -4012,6 +4048,7 @@ "AudioDescription$StreamName": "Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by the player (eg. English, or Director Commentary).", "AudioLanguageSelection$LanguageCode": "Selects a specific three-letter language code from within an audio source.", "AudioOnlyHlsSettings$AudioGroupId": "Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs.", + "AudioSilenceFailoverSettings$AudioSelectorName": "The name of the audio selector in the input that MediaLive should monitor to detect silence. Select your most important rendition. If you didn't create an audio selector in this input, leave blank.", "AutomaticInputFailoverSettings$SecondaryInputId": "The input ID of the secondary input in the automatic input failover pair.", "BadGatewayException$Message": null, "BatchFailedResultModel$Arn": "ARN of the resource", diff --git a/models/apis/rds/2014-10-31/api-2.json b/models/apis/rds/2014-10-31/api-2.json index 5ab68438bb9..a4cbbde3eca 100644 --- a/models/apis/rds/2014-10-31/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/rds/2014-10-31/api-2.json @@ -2199,6 +2199,25 @@ {"shape":"KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"} ] }, + "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication":{ + "name":"StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/" + }, + "input":{"shape":"StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationMessage"}, + "output":{ + "shape":"StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationResult", + "resultWrapper":"StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationResult" + }, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"DBInstanceNotFoundFault"}, + {"shape":"InvalidDBInstanceStateFault"}, + {"shape":"KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"}, + {"shape":"DBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceededFault"}, + {"shape":"StorageTypeNotSupportedFault"} + ] + }, "StartExportTask":{ "name":"StartExportTask", "http":{ @@ -2276,6 +2295,22 @@ {"shape":"SnapshotQuotaExceededFault"}, {"shape":"InvalidDBClusterStateFault"} ] + }, + "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication":{ + "name":"StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/" + }, + "input":{"shape":"StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationMessage"}, + "output":{ + "shape":"StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationResult", + "resultWrapper":"StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationResult" + }, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"DBInstanceNotFoundFault"}, + {"shape":"InvalidDBInstanceStateFault"} + ] } }, "shapes":{ @@ -3684,7 +3719,8 @@ "AssociatedRoles":{"shape":"DBInstanceRoles"}, "ListenerEndpoint":{"shape":"Endpoint"}, "MaxAllocatedStorage":{"shape":"IntegerOptional"}, - "TagList":{"shape":"TagList"} + "TagList":{"shape":"TagList"}, + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications":{"shape":"DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationList"} }, "wrapper":true }, @@ -3724,7 +3760,10 @@ "StorageType":{"shape":"String"}, "KmsKeyId":{"shape":"String"}, "Timezone":{"shape":"String"}, - "IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled":{"shape":"Boolean"} + "IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled":{"shape":"Boolean"}, + "BackupRetentionPeriod":{"shape":"IntegerOptional"}, + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn":{"shape":"String"}, + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications":{"shape":"DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationList"} }, "wrapper":true }, @@ -3764,6 +3803,19 @@ }, "exception":true }, + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn":{"shape":"String"} + } + }, + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationList":{ + "type":"list", + "member":{ + "shape":"DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication", + "locationName":"DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication" + } + }, "DBInstanceList":{ "type":"list", "member":{ @@ -4422,9 +4474,9 @@ }, "DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupMessage":{ "type":"structure", - "required":["DbiResourceId"], "members":{ - "DbiResourceId":{"shape":"String"} + "DbiResourceId":{"shape":"String"}, + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn":{"shape":"String"} } }, "DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupResult":{ @@ -4673,7 +4725,8 @@ "DBInstanceIdentifier":{"shape":"String"}, "Filters":{"shape":"FilterList"}, "MaxRecords":{"shape":"IntegerOptional"}, - "Marker":{"shape":"String"} + "Marker":{"shape":"String"}, + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn":{"shape":"String"} } }, "DescribeDBInstancesMessage":{ @@ -7198,7 +7251,8 @@ "DBParameterGroupName":{"shape":"String"}, "DeletionProtection":{"shape":"BooleanOptional"}, "SourceDbiResourceId":{"shape":"String"}, - "MaxAllocatedStorage":{"shape":"IntegerOptional"} + "MaxAllocatedStorage":{"shape":"IntegerOptional"}, + "SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn":{"shape":"String"} } }, "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResult":{ @@ -7329,7 +7383,8 @@ "members":{ "RegionName":{"shape":"String"}, "Endpoint":{"shape":"String"}, - "Status":{"shape":"String"} + "Status":{"shape":"String"}, + "SupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication":{"shape":"Boolean"} } }, "SourceRegionList":{ @@ -7394,6 +7449,22 @@ "DBCluster":{"shape":"DBCluster"} } }, + "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationMessage":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":["SourceDBInstanceArn"], + "members":{ + "SourceDBInstanceArn":{"shape":"String"}, + "BackupRetentionPeriod":{"shape":"IntegerOptional"}, + "KmsKeyId":{"shape":"String"}, + "PreSignedUrl":{"shape":"String"} + } + }, + "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationResult":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup":{"shape":"DBInstanceAutomatedBackup"} + } + }, "StartDBInstanceMessage":{ "type":"structure", "required":["DBInstanceIdentifier"], @@ -7455,6 +7526,19 @@ "DBCluster":{"shape":"DBCluster"} } }, + "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationMessage":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":["SourceDBInstanceArn"], + "members":{ + "SourceDBInstanceArn":{"shape":"String"} + } + }, + "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationResult":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup":{"shape":"DBInstanceAutomatedBackup"} + } + }, "StopDBInstanceMessage":{ "type":"structure", "required":["DBInstanceIdentifier"], diff --git a/models/apis/rds/2014-10-31/docs-2.json b/models/apis/rds/2014-10-31/docs-2.json index 2f927cf0cec..f616d84c7ff 100644 --- a/models/apis/rds/2014-10-31/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/rds/2014-10-31/docs-2.json @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ "BacktrackDBCluster": "

Backtracks a DB cluster to a specific time, without creating a new DB cluster.

For more information on backtracking, see Backtracking an Aurora DB Cluster in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora MySQL DB clusters.

", "CancelExportTask": "

Cancels an export task in progress that is exporting a snapshot to Amazon S3. Any data that has already been written to the S3 bucket isn't removed.

", "CopyDBClusterParameterGroup": "

Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

", - "CopyDBClusterSnapshot": "

Copies a snapshot of a DB cluster.

To copy a DB cluster snapshot from a shared manual DB cluster snapshot, SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB cluster snapshot.

You can copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. In that case, the AWS Region where you call the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action is the destination AWS Region for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied to. To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region, you must provide the following values:

To cancel the copy operation once it is in progress, delete the target DB cluster snapshot identified by TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier while that DB cluster snapshot is in \"copying\" status.

For more information on copying encrypted DB cluster snapshots from one AWS Region to another, see Copying a Snapshot in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

", + "CopyDBClusterSnapshot": "

Copies a snapshot of a DB cluster.

To copy a DB cluster snapshot from a shared manual DB cluster snapshot, SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB cluster snapshot.

You can copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. In that case, the AWS Region where you call the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action is the destination AWS Region for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied to. To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region, you must provide the following values:

To cancel the copy operation once it is in progress, delete the target DB cluster snapshot identified by TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier while that DB cluster snapshot is in \"copying\" status.

For more information on copying encrypted DB cluster snapshots from one AWS Region to another, see Copying a Snapshot in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

", "CopyDBParameterGroup": "

Copies the specified DB parameter group.

", "CopyDBSnapshot": "

Copies the specified DB snapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the available state.

You can copy a snapshot from one AWS Region to another. In that case, the AWS Region where you call the CopyDBSnapshot action is the destination AWS Region for the DB snapshot copy.

For more information about copying snapshots, see Copying a DB Snapshot in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

", "CopyOptionGroup": "

Copies the specified option group.

", @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ "CreateDBParameterGroup": "

Creates a new DB parameter group.

A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated settings to take effect.

After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has been created or modified.

", "CreateDBProxy": "

Creates a new DB proxy.

", "CreateDBSecurityGroup": "

Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB instance.

A DB security group controls access to EC2-Classic DB instances that are not in a VPC.

", - "CreateDBSnapshot": "

Creates a snapshot of a DB instance. The source DB instance must be in the available or storage-optimizationstate.

", + "CreateDBSnapshot": "

Creates a snapshot of a DB instance. The source DB instance must be in the available or storage-optimization state.

", "CreateDBSubnetGroup": "

Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region.

", "CreateEventSubscription": "

Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic Amazon Resource Name (ARN) created by either the RDS console, the SNS console, or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console.

You can specify the type of source (SourceType) that you want to be notified of and provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events. You can also provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events that you want to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability, Backup.

If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you are notified of all the db-instance events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify a SourceIdentifier, you receive notice of the events for that source type for all your RDS sources. If you don't specify either the SourceType or the SourceIdentifier, you are notified of events generated from all RDS sources belonging to your customer account.

RDS event notification is only available for unencrypted SNS topics. If you specify an encrypted SNS topic, event notifications aren't sent for the topic.

", "CreateGlobalCluster": "

Creates an Aurora global database spread across multiple AWS Regions. The global database contains a single primary cluster with read-write capability, and a read-only secondary cluster that receives data from the primary cluster through high-speed replication performed by the Aurora storage subsystem.

You can create a global database that is initially empty, and then add a primary cluster and a secondary cluster to it. Or you can specify an existing Aurora cluster during the create operation, and this cluster becomes the primary cluster of the global database.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

", @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup": "

Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB clusters.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

", "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot": "

Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation is terminated.

The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

", "DeleteDBInstance": "

The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to be deleted by DeleteDBInstance are not deleted.

If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action can't be canceled or reverted once submitted.

When a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed, incompatible-restore, or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when you skip creation of the final snapshot with the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter.

If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you can't delete the DB instance if both of the following conditions are true:

To delete a DB instance in this case, first call the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API action to promote the DB cluster so it's no longer a read replica. After the promotion completes, then call the DeleteDBInstance API action to delete the final instance in the DB cluster.

", - "DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup": "

Deletes automated backups based on the source instance's DbiResourceId value or the restorable instance's resource ID.

", + "DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup": "

Deletes automated backups using the DbiResourceId value of the source DB instance or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the automated backups.

", "DeleteDBParameterGroup": "

Deletes a specified DB parameter group. The DB parameter group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB instances.

", "DeleteDBProxy": "

Deletes an existing proxy.

", "DeleteDBSecurityGroup": "

Deletes a DB security group.

The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances.

", @@ -121,17 +121,19 @@ "RestoreDBClusterFromS3": "

Creates an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from MySQL data stored in an Amazon S3 bucket. Amazon RDS must be authorized to access the Amazon S3 bucket and the data must be created using the Percona XtraBackup utility as described in Migrating Data from MySQL by Using an Amazon S3 Bucket in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 action has completed and the DB cluster is available.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters. The source DB engine must be MySQL.

", "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot": "

Creates a new DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

The target DB cluster is created from the source snapshot with a default configuration. If you don't specify a security group, the new DB cluster is associated with the default security group.

This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot action has completed and the DB cluster is available.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

", "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime": "

Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default DB security group.

This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime action has completed and the DB cluster is available.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see What Is Amazon Aurora? in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

", - "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot": "

Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration with the default security group and the default DB parameter group. By default, the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment and not a single-AZ deployment.

If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. RDS doesn't allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is that you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created from the snapshot.

If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.

This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora, use RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot.

", + "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot": "

Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created from the source database restore point with most of the source's original configuration, including the default security group and DB parameter group. By default, the new DB instance is created as a Single-AZ deployment, except when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group associated with mirroring. In this case, the instance becomes a Multi-AZ deployment, not a Single-AZ deployment.

If you want to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. RDS doesn't allow two DB instances with the same name. After you have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is that you replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created from the snapshot.

If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.

This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora, use RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot.

", "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3": "

Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) supports importing MySQL databases by using backup files. You can create a backup of your on-premises database, store it on Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), and then restore the backup file onto a new Amazon RDS DB instance running MySQL. For more information, see Importing Data into an Amazon RDS MySQL DB Instance in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

", "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime": "

Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point in time. You can restore to any point in time before the time identified by the LatestRestorableTime property. You can restore to a point up to the number of days specified by the BackupRetentionPeriod property.

The target database is created with most of the original configuration, but in a system-selected Availability Zone, with the default security group, the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default, the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment and not a single-AZ deployment.

This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora, use RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.

", "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress": "

Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId).

", "StartActivityStream": "

Starts a database activity stream to monitor activity on the database. For more information, see Database Activity Streams in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

", "StartDBCluster": "

Starts an Amazon Aurora DB cluster that was stopped using the AWS console, the stop-db-cluster AWS CLI command, or the StopDBCluster action.

For more information, see Stopping and Starting an Aurora Cluster in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

", "StartDBInstance": "

Starts an Amazon RDS DB instance that was stopped using the AWS console, the stop-db-instance AWS CLI command, or the StopDBInstance action.

For more information, see Starting an Amazon RDS DB instance That Was Previously Stopped in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora DB clusters, use StartDBCluster instead.

", + "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication": "

Enables replication of automated backups to a different AWS Region.

For more information, see Replicating Automated Backups to Another AWS Region in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

", "StartExportTask": "

Starts an export of a snapshot to Amazon S3. The provided IAM role must have access to the S3 bucket.

", "StopActivityStream": "

Stops a database activity stream that was started using the AWS console, the start-activity-stream AWS CLI command, or the StartActivityStream action.

For more information, see Database Activity Streams in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

", "StopDBCluster": "

Stops an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. When you stop a DB cluster, Aurora retains the DB cluster's metadata, including its endpoints and DB parameter groups. Aurora also retains the transaction logs so you can do a point-in-time restore if necessary.

For more information, see Stopping and Starting an Aurora Cluster in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.

", - "StopDBInstance": "

Stops an Amazon RDS DB instance. When you stop a DB instance, Amazon RDS retains the DB instance's metadata, including its endpoint, DB parameter group, and option group membership. Amazon RDS also retains the transaction logs so you can do a point-in-time restore if necessary.

For more information, see Stopping an Amazon RDS DB Instance Temporarily in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora clusters, use StopDBCluster instead.

" + "StopDBInstance": "

Stops an Amazon RDS DB instance. When you stop a DB instance, Amazon RDS retains the DB instance's metadata, including its endpoint, DB parameter group, and option group membership. Amazon RDS also retains the transaction logs so you can do a point-in-time restore if necessary.

For more information, see Stopping an Amazon RDS DB Instance Temporarily in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

This command doesn't apply to Aurora MySQL and Aurora PostgreSQL. For Aurora clusters, use StopDBCluster instead.

", + "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication": "

Stops automated backup replication for a DB instance.

For more information, see Replicating Automated Backups to Another AWS Region in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

" }, "shapes": { "AccountAttributesMessage": { @@ -371,6 +373,7 @@ "ResetDBParameterGroupMessage$ResetAllParameters": "

A value that indicates whether to reset all parameters in the DB parameter group to default values. By default, all parameters in the DB parameter group are reset to default values.

", "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage$UseLatestRestorableTime": "

A value that indicates whether to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable backup time. By default, the DB cluster isn't restored to the latest restorable backup time.

Constraints: Can't be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided.

", "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeMessage$UseLatestRestorableTime": "

A value that indicates whether the DB instance is restored from the latest backup time. By default, the DB instance isn't restored from the latest backup time.

Constraints: Can't be specified if the RestoreTime parameter is provided.

", + "SourceRegion$SupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication": "

Whether the source AWS Region supports replicating automated backups to the current AWS Region.

", "StartActivityStreamResponse$ApplyImmediately": "

Indicates whether or not the database activity stream will start as soon as possible, regardless of the maintenance window for the database.

", "UpgradeTarget$AutoUpgrade": "

A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true.

", "UpgradeTarget$IsMajorVersionUpgrade": "

A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version.

", @@ -1048,10 +1051,12 @@ } }, "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup": { - "base": "

An automated backup of a DB instance. It it consists of system backups, transaction logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted the source instance.

", + "base": "

An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted the source instance.

", "refs": { "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupList$member": null, - "DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupResult$DBInstanceAutomatedBackup": null + "DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupResult$DBInstanceAutomatedBackup": null, + "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationResult$DBInstanceAutomatedBackup": null, + "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationResult$DBInstanceAutomatedBackup": null } }, "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupList": { @@ -1075,6 +1080,19 @@ "refs": { } }, + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication": { + "base": "

Automated backups of a DB instance replicated to another AWS Region. They consist of system backups, transaction logs, and database instance properties.

", + "refs": { + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationList$member": null + } + }, + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationList": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "DBInstance$DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications": "

The list of replicated automated backups associated with the DB instance.

", + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications": "

The list of replications to different AWS Regions associated with the automated backup.

" + } + }, "DBInstanceList": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1463,7 +1481,7 @@ } }, "DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupMessage": { - "base": "

Parameter input for the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup operation.

", + "base": "

Parameter input for the DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup operation.

", "refs": { } }, @@ -2282,6 +2300,7 @@ "DBInstance$PerformanceInsightsRetentionPeriod": "

The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values are 7 or 731 (2 years).

", "DBInstance$MaxAllocatedStorage": "

The upper limit to which Amazon RDS can automatically scale the storage of the DB instance.

", "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$Iops": "

The IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the automated backup.

", + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$BackupRetentionPeriod": "

The retention period for the automated backups.

", "DBSnapshot$Iops": "

Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB instance at the time of the snapshot.

", "DescribeCertificatesMessage$MaxRecords": "

The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.

Default: 100

Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.

", "DescribeCustomAvailabilityZonesMessage$MaxRecords": "

The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker is included in the response so you can retrieve the remaining results.

Default: 100

Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.

", @@ -2362,7 +2381,8 @@ "ScalingConfiguration$SecondsUntilAutoPause": "

The time, in seconds, before an Aurora DB cluster in serverless mode is paused.

", "ScalingConfigurationInfo$MinCapacity": "

The maximum capacity for the Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.

", "ScalingConfigurationInfo$MaxCapacity": "

The maximum capacity for an Aurora DB cluster in serverless DB engine mode.

", - "ScalingConfigurationInfo$SecondsUntilAutoPause": "

The remaining amount of time, in seconds, before the Aurora DB cluster in serverless mode is paused. A DB cluster can be paused only when it's idle (it has no connections).

" + "ScalingConfigurationInfo$SecondsUntilAutoPause": "

The remaining amount of time, in seconds, before the Aurora DB cluster in serverless mode is paused. A DB cluster can be paused only when it's idle (it has no connections).

", + "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationMessage$BackupRetentionPeriod": "

The retention period for the replicated automated backups.

" } }, "InvalidDBClusterCapacityFault": { @@ -3347,6 +3367,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationMessage": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "StartDBInstanceMessage": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -3382,6 +3412,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationMessage": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "StopDBInstanceMessage": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -3407,7 +3447,7 @@ "refs": { "AccountQuota$AccountQuotaName": "

The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account.

", "AddRoleToDBClusterMessage$DBClusterIdentifier": "

The name of the DB cluster to associate the IAM role with.

", - "AddRoleToDBClusterMessage$RoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Aurora DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole.

", + "AddRoleToDBClusterMessage$RoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Aurora DB cluster, for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole.

", "AddRoleToDBClusterMessage$FeatureName": "

The name of the feature for the DB cluster that the IAM role is to be associated with. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.

", "AddRoleToDBInstanceMessage$DBInstanceIdentifier": "

The name of the DB instance to associate the IAM role with.

", "AddRoleToDBInstanceMessage$RoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the DB instance, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole.

", @@ -3445,15 +3485,15 @@ "CopyDBClusterParameterGroupMessage$TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription": "

A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group.

", "CopyDBClusterSnapshotMessage$SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier": "

The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.

You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one AWS Region to another.

Constraints:

Example: my-cluster-snapshot1

", "CopyDBClusterSnapshotMessage$TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier": "

The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB cluster snapshot. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.

Constraints:

Example: my-cluster-snapshot2

", - "CopyDBClusterSnapshotMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.

If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot.

If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId.

To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, you must set KmsKeyId to the KMS key ID you want to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.

If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, an error is returned.

", - "CopyDBClusterSnapshotMessage$PreSignedUrl": "

The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API action in the AWS Region that contains the source DB cluster snapshot to copy. The PreSignedUrl parameter must be used when copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. Don't specify PreSignedUrl when you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot in the same AWS Region.

The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values:

To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) and Signature Version 4 Signing Process.

If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify SourceRegion (or --source-region for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.

", + "CopyDBClusterSnapshotMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new AWS KMS CMK. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted with the same AWS KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot.

If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId.

To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, you must set KmsKeyId to the AWS KMS key identifier you want to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. AWS KMS CMKs are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use CMKs from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.

If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, an error is returned.

", + "CopyDBClusterSnapshotMessage$PreSignedUrl": "

The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API action in the AWS Region that contains the source DB cluster snapshot to copy. The PreSignedUrl parameter must be used when copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. Don't specify PreSignedUrl when you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot in the same AWS Region.

The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values:

To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) and Signature Version 4 Signing Process.

If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify SourceRegion (or --source-region for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.

", "CopyDBParameterGroupMessage$SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier": "

The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an ARN for Amazon RDS in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Constraints:

", "CopyDBParameterGroupMessage$TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier": "

The identifier for the copied DB parameter group.

Constraints:

Example: my-db-parameter-group

", "CopyDBParameterGroupMessage$TargetDBParameterGroupDescription": "

A description for the copied DB parameter group.

", "CopyDBSnapshotMessage$SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier": "

The identifier for the source DB snapshot.

If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot identifier. For example, you might specify rds:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805.

If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify a valid DB snapshot ARN. For example, you might specify arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805.

If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this parameter must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB snapshot.

If you are copying an encrypted snapshot this parameter must be in the ARN format for the source AWS Region, and must match the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier in the PreSignedUrl parameter.

Constraints:

Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01

Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805

", "CopyDBSnapshotMessage$TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier": "

The identifier for the copy of the snapshot.

Constraints:

Example: my-db-snapshot

", - "CopyDBSnapshotMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.

If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of the DB snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot.

If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for this parameter.

If you specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the copy is encrypted.

If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different AWS Region, then you must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.

", - "CopyDBSnapshotMessage$PreSignedUrl": "

The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBSnapshot API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB snapshot to copy.

You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. Don't specify PreSignedUrl when you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot in the same AWS Region.

The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBSnapshot API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values:

To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) and Signature Version 4 Signing Process.

If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify SourceRegion (or --source-region for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.

", + "CopyDBSnapshotMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB snapshot. The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new AWS KMS CMK. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of the DB snapshot is encrypted with the same AWS KMS key as the source DB snapshot.

If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, then you must specify a value for this parameter.

If you specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the copy is encrypted.

If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different AWS Region, then you must specify a AWS KMS key identifier for the destination AWS Region. AWS KMS CMKs are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use CMKs from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.

", + "CopyDBSnapshotMessage$PreSignedUrl": "

The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBSnapshot API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB snapshot to copy.

You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. Don't specify PreSignedUrl when you are copying an encrypted DB snapshot in the same AWS Region.

The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBSnapshot API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values:

To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) and Signature Version 4 Signing Process.

If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify SourceRegion (or --source-region for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.

", "CopyDBSnapshotMessage$OptionGroupName": "

The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot.

Specify this option if you are copying a snapshot from one AWS Region to another, and your DB instance uses a nondefault option group. If your source DB instance uses Transparent Data Encryption for Oracle or Microsoft SQL Server, you must specify this option when copying across AWS Regions. For more information, see Option Group Considerations in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

", "CopyDBSnapshotMessage$TargetCustomAvailabilityZone": "

The external custom Availability Zone (CAZ) identifier for the target CAZ.

Example: rds-caz-aiqhTgQv.

", "CopyOptionGroupMessage$SourceOptionGroupIdentifier": "

The identifier for the source option group.

Constraints:

", @@ -3479,8 +3519,8 @@ "CreateDBClusterMessage$PreferredBackupWindow": "

The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.

The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred DB Cluster Maintenance Window in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

Constraints:

", "CreateDBClusterMessage$PreferredMaintenanceWindow": "

The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).

Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi

The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred DB Cluster Maintenance Window in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.

Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.

", "CreateDBClusterMessage$ReplicationSourceIdentifier": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if this DB cluster is created as a read replica.

", - "CreateDBClusterMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.

The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.

If an encryption key isn't specified in KmsKeyId:

AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.

If you create a read replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS Region. This key is used to encrypt the read replica in that AWS Region.

", - "CreateDBClusterMessage$PreSignedUrl": "

A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBCluster action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster is replicated from. You only need to specify PreSignedUrl when you are performing cross-region replication from an encrypted DB cluster.

The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBCluster API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster to be copied.

The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values:

To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) and Signature Version 4 Signing Process.

If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify SourceRegion (or --source-region for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.

", + "CreateDBClusterMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). To use a CMK in a different AWS account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.

When a CMK isn't specified in KmsKeyId:

There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default CMK for each AWS Region.

If you create a read replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, you must set KmsKeyId to a AWS KMS key identifier that is valid in the destination AWS Region. This CMK is used to encrypt the read replica in that AWS Region.

", + "CreateDBClusterMessage$PreSignedUrl": "

A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBCluster action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster is replicated from. You only need to specify PreSignedUrl when you are performing cross-region replication from an encrypted DB cluster.

The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBCluster API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster to be copied.

The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values:

To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) and Signature Version 4 Signing Process.

If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify SourceRegion (or --source-region for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a pre-signed URL that is a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.

", "CreateDBClusterMessage$EngineMode": "

The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned serverless, parallelquery, global, or multimaster.

The parallelquery engine mode isn't required for Aurora MySQL version 1.23 and higher 1.x versions, and version 2.09 and higher 2.x versions.

The global engine mode isn't required for Aurora MySQL version 1.22 and higher 1.x versions, and global engine mode isn't required for any 2.x versions.

The multimaster engine mode only applies for DB clusters created with Aurora MySQL version 5.6.10a.

For Aurora PostgreSQL, the global engine mode isn't required, and both the parallelquery and the multimaster engine modes currently aren't supported.

Limitations and requirements apply to some DB engine modes. For more information, see the following sections in the Amazon Aurora User Guide:

", "CreateDBClusterMessage$GlobalClusterIdentifier": "

The global cluster ID of an Aurora cluster that becomes the primary cluster in the new global database cluster.

", "CreateDBClusterMessage$Domain": "

The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB cluster in.

For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication to authenticate users that connect to the DB cluster. For more information, see Kerberos Authentication in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

", @@ -3510,12 +3550,12 @@ "CreateDBInstanceMessage$StorageType": "

Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.

Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1

If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.

Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2

", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$TdeCredentialArn": "

The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.

", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$TdeCredentialPassword": "

The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the device.

", - "CreateDBInstanceMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.

The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.

Amazon Aurora

Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.

If StorageEncrypted is enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.

", + "CreateDBInstanceMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). To use a CMK in a different AWS account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.

Amazon Aurora

Not applicable. The AWS KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster.

If StorageEncrypted is enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default CMK for each AWS Region.

", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$Domain": "

The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB instance in. Currently, only MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can be created in an Active Directory Domain.

For more information, see Kerberos Authentication in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$MonitoringRoleArn": "

The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. For information on creating a monitoring role, go to Setting Up and Enabling Enhanced Monitoring in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a MonitoringRoleArn value.

", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$DomainIAMRoleName": "

Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service.

", "CreateDBInstanceMessage$Timezone": "

The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported only by Microsoft SQL Server.

", - "CreateDBInstanceMessage$PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.

If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon RDS uses your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.

", + "CreateDBInstanceMessage$PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default CMK for each AWS Region.

", "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$DBInstanceIdentifier": "

The DB instance identifier of the read replica. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.

", "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$SourceDBInstanceIdentifier": "

The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the read replica. Each DB instance can have up to five read replicas.

Constraints:

", "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$DBInstanceClass": "

The compute and memory capacity of the read replica, for example, db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Default: Inherits from the source DB instance.

", @@ -3525,9 +3565,9 @@ "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$DBSubnetGroupName": "

Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance is created in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet group is specified, then the new DB instance isn't created in a VPC.

Constraints:

Example: mySubnetgroup

", "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$StorageType": "

Specifies the storage type to be associated with the read replica.

Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1

If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.

Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise gp2

", "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$MonitoringRoleArn": "

The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a MonitoringRoleArn value.

", - "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted read replica. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.

If you create an encrypted read replica in the same AWS Region as the source DB instance, then you do not have to specify a value for this parameter. The read replica is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB instance.

If you create an encrypted read replica in a different AWS Region, then you must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.

You can't create an encrypted read replica from an unencrypted DB instance.

", + "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted read replica.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS CMK.

If you create an encrypted read replica in the same AWS Region as the source DB instance, then you do not have to specify a value for this parameter. The read replica is encrypted with the same AWS KMS CMK as the source DB instance.

If you create an encrypted read replica in a different AWS Region, then you must specify a AWS KMS key identifier for the destination AWS Region. AWS KMS CMKs are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use CMKs from one AWS Region in another AWS Region.

You can't create an encrypted read replica from an unencrypted DB instance.

", "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$PreSignedUrl": "

The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB instance.

You must specify this parameter when you create an encrypted read replica from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. Don't specify PreSignedUrl when you are creating an encrypted read replica in the same AWS Region.

The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted source DB instance. The presigned URL request must contain the following parameter values:

To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) and Signature Version 4 Signing Process.

If you are using an AWS SDK tool or the AWS CLI, you can specify SourceRegion (or --source-region for the AWS CLI) instead of specifying PreSignedUrl manually. Specifying SourceRegion autogenerates a presigned URL that is a valid request for the operation that can be executed in the source AWS Region.

SourceRegion isn't supported for SQL Server, because SQL Server on Amazon RDS doesn't support cross-region read replicas.

", - "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.

If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon RDS uses your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.

", + "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default CMK for each AWS Region.

", "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$Domain": "

The Active Directory directory ID to create the DB instance in. Currently, only MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can be created in an Active Directory Domain.

For more information, see Kerberos Authentication in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

", "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage$DomainIAMRoleName": "

Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service.

", "CreateDBParameterGroupMessage$DBParameterGroupName": "

The name of the DB parameter group.

Constraints:

This value is stored as a lowercase string.

", @@ -3573,12 +3613,12 @@ "DBCluster$PreferredMaintenanceWindow": "

Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).

", "DBCluster$ReplicationSourceIdentifier": "

Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a read replica.

", "DBCluster$HostedZoneId": "

Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.

", - "DBCluster$KmsKeyId": "

If StorageEncrypted is enabled, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster.

", - "DBCluster$DbClusterResourceId": "

The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB cluster is accessed.

", + "DBCluster$KmsKeyId": "

If StorageEncrypted is enabled, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

", + "DBCluster$DbClusterResourceId": "

The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS CMK for the DB cluster is accessed.

", "DBCluster$DBClusterArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster.

", "DBCluster$CloneGroupId": "

Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated.

", "DBCluster$EngineMode": "

The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned, serverless, parallelquery, global, or multimaster.

For more information, see CreateDBCluster.

", - "DBCluster$ActivityStreamKmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in the database activity stream.

", + "DBCluster$ActivityStreamKmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in the database activity stream.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

", "DBCluster$ActivityStreamKinesisStreamName": "

The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity stream.

", "DBClusterBacktrack$DBClusterIdentifier": "

Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a DB cluster.

", "DBClusterBacktrack$BacktrackIdentifier": "

Contains the backtrack identifier.

", @@ -3619,7 +3659,7 @@ "DBClusterSnapshot$EngineVersion": "

Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.

", "DBClusterSnapshot$LicenseModel": "

Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot.

", "DBClusterSnapshot$SnapshotType": "

Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot.

", - "DBClusterSnapshot$KmsKeyId": "

If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot.

", + "DBClusterSnapshot$KmsKeyId": "

If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

", "DBClusterSnapshot$DBClusterSnapshotArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot.

", "DBClusterSnapshot$SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn": "

If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot, otherwise, a null value.

", "DBClusterSnapshotAttribute$AttributeName": "

The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.

The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.

", @@ -3650,15 +3690,15 @@ "DBInstance$StorageType": "

Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance.

", "DBInstance$TdeCredentialArn": "

The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE encryption.

", "DBInstance$DBClusterIdentifier": "

If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of.

", - "DBInstance$KmsKeyId": "

If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB instance.

", - "DBInstance$DbiResourceId": "

The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB instance is accessed.

", + "DBInstance$KmsKeyId": "

If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB instance.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

", + "DBInstance$DbiResourceId": "

The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) for the DB instance is accessed.

", "DBInstance$CACertificateIdentifier": "

The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance.

", "DBInstance$EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance.

", "DBInstance$MonitoringRoleArn": "

The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs.

", "DBInstance$DBInstanceArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance.

", "DBInstance$Timezone": "

The time zone of the DB instance. In most cases, the Timezone element is empty. Timezone content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified.

", - "DBInstance$PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.

", - "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$DBInstanceArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the automated backup.

", + "DBInstance$PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

", + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$DBInstanceArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the automated backups.

", "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$DbiResourceId": "

The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which is unique to an AWS Region.

", "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$Region": "

The AWS Region associated with the automated backup.

", "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$DBInstanceIdentifier": "

The customer id of the instance that is/was associated with the automated backup.

", @@ -3672,9 +3712,11 @@ "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$OptionGroupName": "

The option group the automated backup is associated with. If omitted, the default option group for the engine specified is used.

", "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$TdeCredentialArn": "

The ARN from the key store with which the automated backup is associated for TDE encryption.

", "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$StorageType": "

Specifies the storage type associated with the automated backup.

", - "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key ID for an automated backup. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.

", + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key ID for an automated backup.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

", "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$Timezone": "

The time zone of the automated backup. In most cases, the Timezone element is empty. Timezone content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified.

", + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackup$DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the replicated automated backups.

", "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupMessage$Marker": "

An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .

", + "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication$DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups.

", "DBInstanceMessage$Marker": "

An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .

", "DBInstanceRole$RoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the DB instance.

", "DBInstanceRole$FeatureName": "

The name of the feature associated with the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.

", @@ -3728,7 +3770,7 @@ "DBSnapshot$SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier": "

The DB snapshot Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that the DB snapshot was copied from. It only has value in case of cross-customer or cross-region copy.

", "DBSnapshot$StorageType": "

Specifies the storage type associated with DB snapshot.

", "DBSnapshot$TdeCredentialArn": "

The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.

", - "DBSnapshot$KmsKeyId": "

If Encrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot.

", + "DBSnapshot$KmsKeyId": "

If Encrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

", "DBSnapshot$DBSnapshotArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot.

", "DBSnapshot$Timezone": "

The time zone of the DB snapshot. In most cases, the Timezone element is empty. Timezone content appears only for snapshots taken from Microsoft SQL Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified.

", "DBSnapshot$DbiResourceId": "

The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which is unique to an AWS Region.

", @@ -3748,6 +3790,7 @@ "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupMessage$DBClusterParameterGroupName": "

The name of the DB cluster parameter group.

Constraints:

", "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotMessage$DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier": "

The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete.

Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the available state.

", "DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupMessage$DbiResourceId": "

The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which is unique to an AWS Region.

", + "DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupMessage$DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the automated backups to delete, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE.

", "DeleteDBInstanceMessage$DBInstanceIdentifier": "

The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.

Constraints:

", "DeleteDBInstanceMessage$FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier": "

The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is disabled.

Specifying this parameter and also specifying to skip final DB snapshot creation in SkipFinalShapshot results in an error.

Constraints:

", "DeleteDBParameterGroupMessage$DBParameterGroupName": "

The name of the DB parameter group.

Constraints:

", @@ -3790,6 +3833,7 @@ "DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsMessage$DbiResourceId": "

The resource ID of the DB instance that is the source of the automated backup. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.

", "DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsMessage$DBInstanceIdentifier": "

(Optional) The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, it must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. It returns information from the specific DB instance' automated backup. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.

", "DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsMessage$Marker": "

The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to MaxRecords.

", + "DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsMessage$DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE.

", "DescribeDBInstancesMessage$DBInstanceIdentifier": "

The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.

Constraints:

", "DescribeDBInstancesMessage$Marker": "

An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.

", "DescribeDBLogFilesDetails$LogFileName": "

The name of the log file for the specified DB instance.

", @@ -3908,7 +3952,7 @@ "ExportTask$S3Bucket": "

The Amazon S3 bucket that the snapshot is exported to.

", "ExportTask$S3Prefix": "

The Amazon S3 bucket prefix that is the file name and path of the exported snapshot.

", "ExportTask$IamRoleArn": "

The name of the IAM role that is used to write to Amazon S3 when exporting a snapshot.

", - "ExportTask$KmsKeyId": "

The ID of the AWS KMS key that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. The IAM role used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption permissions to use this KMS key.

", + "ExportTask$KmsKeyId": "

The key identifier of the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's exported to Amazon S3. The AWS KMS CMK identifier is its key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name. The IAM role used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption permissions to use this AWS KMS CMK.

", "ExportTask$Status": "

The progress status of the export task.

", "ExportTask$FailureCause": "

The reason the export failed, if it failed.

", "ExportTask$WarningMessage": "

A warning about the snapshot export task.

", @@ -3919,7 +3963,7 @@ "Filter$Name": "

The name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive.

", "FilterValueList$member": null, "GlobalCluster$GlobalClusterIdentifier": "

Contains a user-supplied global database cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique key that identifies a global database cluster.

", - "GlobalCluster$GlobalClusterResourceId": "

The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the global database cluster. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB cluster is accessed.

", + "GlobalCluster$GlobalClusterResourceId": "

The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the global database cluster. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) for the DB cluster is accessed.

", "GlobalCluster$GlobalClusterArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the global database cluster.

", "GlobalCluster$Status": "

Specifies the current state of this global database cluster.

", "GlobalCluster$Engine": "

The Aurora database engine used by the global database cluster.

", @@ -3985,7 +4029,7 @@ "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$Domain": "

The Active Directory directory ID to move the DB instance to. Specify none to remove the instance from its current domain. The domain must be created prior to this operation. Currently, only MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can be created in an Active Directory Domain.

For more information, see Kerberos Authentication in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$MonitoringRoleArn": "

The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a MonitoringRoleArn value.

", "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$DomainIAMRoleName": "

The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service.

", - "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.

If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon RDS uses your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.

", + "ModifyDBInstanceMessage$PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default CMK for each AWS Region.

", "ModifyDBParameterGroupMessage$DBParameterGroupName": "

The name of the DB parameter group.

Constraints:

", "ModifyDBProxyRequest$DBProxyName": "

The identifier for the DBProxy to modify.

", "ModifyDBProxyRequest$NewDBProxyName": "

The new identifier for the DBProxy. An identifier must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.

", @@ -4091,7 +4135,7 @@ "RemoveRoleFromDBClusterMessage$RoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the Aurora DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole.

", "RemoveRoleFromDBClusterMessage$FeatureName": "

The name of the feature for the DB cluster that the IAM role is to be disassociated from. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.

", "RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceMessage$DBInstanceIdentifier": "

The name of the DB instance to disassociate the IAM role from.

", - "RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceMessage$RoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the DB instance, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole.

", + "RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceMessage$RoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the DB instance, for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole.

", "RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceMessage$FeatureName": "

The name of the feature for the DB instance that the IAM role is to be disassociated from. For the list of supported feature names, see DBEngineVersion.

", "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionMessage$SubscriptionName": "

The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a source identifier from.

", "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionMessage$SourceIdentifier": "

The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group.

", @@ -4127,7 +4171,7 @@ "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Message$OptionGroupName": "

A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated with the specified option group.

Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. An option group can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.

", "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Message$PreferredBackupWindow": "

The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.

The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

Constraints:

", "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Message$PreferredMaintenanceWindow": "

The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).

Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi

The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.

Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.

", - "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Message$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.

The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.

If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.

", + "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Message$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). To use a CMK in a different AWS account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.

If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default CMK for each AWS Region.

", "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Message$SourceEngine": "

The identifier for the database engine that was backed up to create the files stored in the Amazon S3 bucket.

Valid values: mysql

", "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Message$SourceEngineVersion": "

The version of the database that the backup files were created from.

MySQL versions 5.5, 5.6, and 5.7 are supported.

Example: 5.6.40, 5.7.28

", "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Message$S3BucketName": "

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

", @@ -4142,7 +4186,7 @@ "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage$DBSubnetGroupName": "

The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster.

Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DB subnet group.

Example: mySubnetgroup

", "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage$DatabaseName": "

The database name for the restored DB cluster.

", "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage$OptionGroupName": "

The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster.

", - "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.

The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.

If you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following occurs:

", + "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). To use a CMK in a different AWS account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.

When you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following occurs:

", "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage$EngineMode": "

The DB engine mode of the DB cluster, either provisioned, serverless, parallelquery, global, or multimaster.

For more information, see CreateDBCluster.

", "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage$DBClusterParameterGroupName": "

The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, the default DB cluster parameter group for the specified engine is used.

Constraints:

", "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage$Domain": "

Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The domain must be created prior to this operation. Currently, only MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances can be created in an Active Directory Domain.

For more information, see Kerberos Authentication in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

", @@ -4152,7 +4196,7 @@ "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage$SourceDBClusterIdentifier": "

The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore.

Constraints:

", "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage$DBSubnetGroupName": "

The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster.

Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup.

Example: mySubnetgroup

", "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage$OptionGroupName": "

The name of the option group for the new DB cluster.

", - "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from an encrypted DB cluster.

The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.

You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the KmsKeyId parameter.

If you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following occurs:

If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that isn't encrypted, then the restore request is rejected.

", + "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from an encrypted DB cluster.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). To use a CMK in a different AWS account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.

You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a AWS KMS CMK that is different than the AWS KMS key used to encrypt the source DB cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the AWS KMS CMK identified by the KmsKeyId parameter.

If you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following occurs:

If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that isn't encrypted, then the restore request is rejected.

", "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage$DBClusterParameterGroupName": "

The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, the default DB cluster parameter group for the specified engine is used.

Constraints:

", "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage$Domain": "

Specify the Active Directory directory ID to restore the DB cluster in. The domain must be created prior to this operation.

For Amazon Aurora DB clusters, Amazon RDS can use Kerberos Authentication to authenticate users that connect to the DB cluster. For more information, see Kerberos Authentication in the Amazon Aurora User Guide.

", "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage$DomainIAMRoleName": "

Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service.

", @@ -4186,14 +4230,14 @@ "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$LicenseModel": "

The license model for this DB instance. Use general-public-license.

", "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$OptionGroupName": "

The name of the option group to associate with this DB instance. If this argument is omitted, the default option group for the specified engine is used.

", "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$StorageType": "

Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.

Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1

If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.

Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise gp2

", - "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.

The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.

If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.

", + "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). To use a CMK in a different AWS account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN.

If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default CMK for each AWS Region.

", "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$MonitoringRoleArn": "

The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. For information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting Up and Enabling Enhanced Monitoring in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply a MonitoringRoleArn value.

", "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$SourceEngine": "

The name of the engine of your source database.

Valid Values: mysql

", "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$SourceEngineVersion": "

The version of the database that the backup files were created from.

MySQL versions 5.6 and 5.7 are supported.

Example: 5.6.40

", "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$S3BucketName": "

The name of your Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database backup file.

", "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$S3Prefix": "

The prefix of your Amazon S3 bucket.

", "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$S3IngestionRoleArn": "

An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to allow Amazon RDS to access your Amazon S3 bucket.

", - "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.

If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon RDS uses your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region.

", + "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message$PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default CMK for each AWS Region.

", "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeMessage$SourceDBInstanceIdentifier": "

The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore.

Constraints:

", "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeMessage$TargetDBInstanceIdentifier": "

The name of the new DB instance to be created.

Constraints:

", "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeMessage$DBInstanceClass": "

The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance.

", @@ -4210,6 +4254,7 @@ "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeMessage$DomainIAMRoleName": "

Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory Service.

", "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeMessage$DBParameterGroupName": "

The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance.

If you do not specify a value for DBParameterGroupName, then the default DBParameterGroup for the specified DB engine is used.

Constraints:

", "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeMessage$SourceDbiResourceId": "

The resource ID of the source DB instance from which to restore.

", + "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeMessage$SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups from which to restore, for example, arn:aws:rds:useast-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE.

", "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressMessage$DBSecurityGroupName": "

The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from.

", "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressMessage$CIDRIP": "

The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId can't be provided.

", "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressMessage$EC2SecurityGroupName": "

The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.

", @@ -4222,22 +4267,26 @@ "SourceRegion$Endpoint": "

The endpoint for the source AWS Region endpoint.

", "SourceRegion$Status": "

The status of the source AWS Region.

", "SourceRegionMessage$Marker": "

An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.

", - "StartActivityStreamRequest$ResourceArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster.

", - "StartActivityStreamRequest$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encrypting messages in the database activity stream. The key identifier can be either a key ID, a key ARN, or a key alias.

", + "StartActivityStreamRequest$ResourceArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster.

", + "StartActivityStreamRequest$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encrypting messages in the database activity stream. The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

", "StartActivityStreamResponse$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of messages in the database activity stream.

", "StartActivityStreamResponse$KinesisStreamName": "

The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream to be used for the database activity stream.

", "StartDBClusterMessage$DBClusterIdentifier": "

The DB cluster identifier of the Amazon Aurora DB cluster to be started. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.

", + "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationMessage$SourceDBInstanceArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance for the replicated automated backups, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:db:mydatabase.

", + "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of the replicated automated backups. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key in the destination AWS Region, for example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE.

", + "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationMessage$PreSignedUrl": "

A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication action to be called in the AWS Region of the source DB instance. The presigned URL must be a valid request for the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication API action that can be executed in the AWS Region that contains the source DB instance.

", "StartDBInstanceMessage$DBInstanceIdentifier": "

The user-supplied instance identifier.

", "StartExportTaskMessage$ExportTaskIdentifier": "

A unique identifier for the snapshot export task. This ID isn't an identifier for the Amazon S3 bucket where the snapshot is to be exported to.

", "StartExportTaskMessage$SourceArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the snapshot to export to Amazon S3.

", "StartExportTaskMessage$S3BucketName": "

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket to export the snapshot to.

", "StartExportTaskMessage$IamRoleArn": "

The name of the IAM role to use for writing to the Amazon S3 bucket when exporting a snapshot.

", - "StartExportTaskMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The ID of the AWS KMS key to use to encrypt the snapshot exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. The caller of this operation must be authorized to execute the following operations. These can be set in the KMS key policy:

", + "StartExportTaskMessage$KmsKeyId": "

The ID of the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) to use to encrypt the snapshot exported to Amazon S3. The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). The caller of this operation must be authorized to execute the following operations. These can be set in the AWS KMS key policy:

", "StartExportTaskMessage$S3Prefix": "

The Amazon S3 bucket prefix to use as the file name and path of the exported snapshot.

", "StopActivityStreamRequest$ResourceArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster for the database activity stream. For example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster.

", - "StopActivityStreamResponse$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in the database activity stream.

", + "StopActivityStreamResponse$KmsKeyId": "

The AWS KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in the database activity stream.

The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK).

", "StopActivityStreamResponse$KinesisStreamName": "

The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream used for the database activity stream.

", "StopDBClusterMessage$DBClusterIdentifier": "

The DB cluster identifier of the Amazon Aurora DB cluster to be stopped. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.

", + "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationMessage$SourceDBInstanceArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance for which to stop replicating automated backups, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:db:mydatabase.

", "StopDBInstanceMessage$DBInstanceIdentifier": "

The user-supplied instance identifier.

", "StopDBInstanceMessage$DBSnapshotIdentifier": "

The user-supplied instance identifier of the DB Snapshot created immediately before the DB instance is stopped.

", "StringList$member": null, diff --git a/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/api-2.json b/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/api-2.json index 5333412eaed..69423cb7f75 100644 --- a/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/api-2.json @@ -159,6 +159,22 @@ {"shape":"OpsItemInvalidParameterException"} ] }, + "CreateOpsMetadata":{ + "name":"CreateOpsMetadata", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/" + }, + "input":{"shape":"CreateOpsMetadataRequest"}, + "output":{"shape":"CreateOpsMetadataResult"}, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException"}, + {"shape":"OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException"}, + {"shape":"OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException"}, + {"shape":"OpsMetadataLimitExceededException"}, + {"shape":"InternalServerError"} + ] + }, "CreatePatchBaseline":{ "name":"CreatePatchBaseline", "http":{ @@ -262,6 +278,20 @@ {"shape":"InternalServerError"} ] }, + "DeleteOpsMetadata":{ + "name":"DeleteOpsMetadata", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/" + }, + "input":{"shape":"DeleteOpsMetadataRequest"}, + "output":{"shape":"DeleteOpsMetadataResult"}, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"OpsMetadataNotFoundException"}, + {"shape":"OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException"}, + {"shape":"InternalServerError"} + ] + }, "DeleteParameter":{ "name":"DeleteParameter", "http":{ @@ -1010,6 +1040,20 @@ {"shape":"OpsItemNotFoundException"} ] }, + "GetOpsMetadata":{ + "name":"GetOpsMetadata", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/" + }, + "input":{"shape":"GetOpsMetadataRequest"}, + "output":{"shape":"GetOpsMetadataResult"}, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"OpsMetadataNotFoundException"}, + {"shape":"OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException"}, + {"shape":"InternalServerError"} + ] + }, "GetOpsSummary":{ "name":"GetOpsSummary", "http":{ @@ -1275,6 +1319,19 @@ {"shape":"InvalidNextToken"} ] }, + "ListOpsMetadata":{ + "name":"ListOpsMetadata", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/" + }, + "input":{"shape":"ListOpsMetadataRequest"}, + "output":{"shape":"ListOpsMetadataResult"}, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException"}, + {"shape":"InternalServerError"} + ] + }, "ListResourceComplianceSummaries":{ "name":"ListResourceComplianceSummaries", "http":{ @@ -1756,6 +1813,22 @@ {"shape":"OpsItemInvalidParameterException"} ] }, + "UpdateOpsMetadata":{ + "name":"UpdateOpsMetadata", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/" + }, + "input":{"shape":"UpdateOpsMetadataRequest"}, + "output":{"shape":"UpdateOpsMetadataResult"}, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"OpsMetadataNotFoundException"}, + {"shape":"OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException"}, + {"shape":"OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException"}, + {"shape":"OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException"}, + {"shape":"InternalServerError"} + ] + }, "UpdatePatchBaseline":{ "name":"UpdatePatchBaseline", "http":{ @@ -3128,6 +3201,20 @@ "OpsItemId":{"shape":"String"} } }, + "CreateOpsMetadataRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":["ResourceId"], + "members":{ + "ResourceId":{"shape":"OpsMetadataResourceId"}, + "Metadata":{"shape":"MetadataMap"} + } + }, + "CreateOpsMetadataResult":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "OpsMetadataArn":{"shape":"OpsMetadataArn"} + } + }, "CreatePatchBaselineRequest":{ "type":"structure", "required":["Name"], @@ -3264,6 +3351,18 @@ "WindowId":{"shape":"MaintenanceWindowId"} } }, + "DeleteOpsMetadataRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":["OpsMetadataArn"], + "members":{ + "OpsMetadataArn":{"shape":"OpsMetadataArn"} + } + }, + "DeleteOpsMetadataResult":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + } + }, "DeleteParameterRequest":{ "type":"structure", "required":["Name"], @@ -4737,6 +4836,31 @@ "OpsItem":{"shape":"OpsItem"} } }, + "GetOpsMetadataMaxResults":{ + "type":"integer", + "max":10, + "min":1 + }, + "GetOpsMetadataRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":["OpsMetadataArn"], + "members":{ + "OpsMetadataArn":{"shape":"OpsMetadataArn"}, + "MaxResults":{ + "shape":"GetOpsMetadataMaxResults", + "box":true + }, + "NextToken":{"shape":"NextToken"} + } + }, + "GetOpsMetadataResult":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "ResourceId":{"shape":"OpsMetadataResourceId"}, + "Metadata":{"shape":"MetadataMap"}, + "NextToken":{"shape":"NextToken"} + } + }, "GetOpsSummaryRequest":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -6078,6 +6202,29 @@ "NextToken":{"shape":"NextToken"} } }, + "ListOpsMetadataMaxResults":{ + "type":"integer", + "max":50, + "min":1 + }, + "ListOpsMetadataRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "Filters":{"shape":"OpsMetadataFilterList"}, + "MaxResults":{ + "shape":"ListOpsMetadataMaxResults", + "box":true + }, + "NextToken":{"shape":"NextToken"} + } + }, + "ListOpsMetadataResult":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "OpsMetadataList":{"shape":"OpsMetadataList"}, + "NextToken":{"shape":"NextToken"} + } + }, "ListResourceComplianceSummariesRequest":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -6576,6 +6723,36 @@ "max":50, "min":5 }, + "MetadataKey":{ + "type":"string", + "max":256, + "min":1, + "pattern":"^(?!\\s*$).+" + }, + "MetadataKeysToDeleteList":{ + "type":"list", + "member":{"shape":"MetadataKey"}, + "max":10, + "min":1 + }, + "MetadataMap":{ + "type":"map", + "key":{"shape":"MetadataKey"}, + "value":{"shape":"MetadataValue"}, + "max":5, + "min":1 + }, + "MetadataValue":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "Value":{"shape":"MetadataValueString"} + } + }, + "MetadataValueString":{ + "type":"string", + "max":4096, + "min":1 + }, "ModifyDocumentPermissionRequest":{ "type":"structure", "required":[ @@ -6650,7 +6827,8 @@ "SUSE", "CENTOS", "ORACLE_LINUX", - "DEBIAN" + "DEBIAN", + "MACOS" ] }, "OpsAggregator":{ @@ -7007,6 +7185,110 @@ "max":1024, "min":1 }, + "OpsMetadata":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "ResourceId":{"shape":"OpsMetadataResourceId"}, + "OpsMetadataArn":{"shape":"OpsMetadataArn"}, + "LastModifiedDate":{"shape":"DateTime"}, + "LastModifiedUser":{"shape":"String"}, + "CreationDate":{"shape":"DateTime"} + } + }, + "OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "message":{"shape":"String"} + }, + "exception":true + }, + "OpsMetadataArn":{ + "type":"string", + "max":1011, + "min":1, + "pattern":"arn:(aws[a-zA-Z-]*)?:ssm:[a-z0-9-\\.]{0,63}:[a-z0-9-\\.]{0,63}:opsmetadata\\/([a-zA-Z0-9-_\\.\\/]*)" + }, + "OpsMetadataFilter":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":[ + "Key", + "Values" + ], + "members":{ + "Key":{"shape":"OpsMetadataFilterKey"}, + "Values":{"shape":"OpsMetadataFilterValueList"} + } + }, + "OpsMetadataFilterKey":{ + "type":"string", + "max":128, + "min":1, + "pattern":"^(?!\\s*$).+" + }, + "OpsMetadataFilterList":{ + "type":"list", + "member":{"shape":"OpsMetadataFilter"}, + "max":10, + "min":0 + }, + "OpsMetadataFilterValue":{ + "type":"string", + "max":1024, + "min":1 + }, + "OpsMetadataFilterValueList":{ + "type":"list", + "member":{"shape":"OpsMetadataFilterValue"}, + "max":10, + "min":1 + }, + "OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "message":{"shape":"String"} + }, + "exception":true + }, + "OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "message":{"shape":"String"} + }, + "exception":true + }, + "OpsMetadataLimitExceededException":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "message":{"shape":"String"} + }, + "exception":true + }, + "OpsMetadataList":{ + "type":"list", + "member":{"shape":"OpsMetadata"}, + "max":50, + "min":1 + }, + "OpsMetadataNotFoundException":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "message":{"shape":"String"} + }, + "exception":true + }, + "OpsMetadataResourceId":{ + "type":"string", + "max":1024, + "min":1, + "pattern":"^(?!\\s*$).+" + }, + "OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "message":{"shape":"String"} + }, + "exception":true + }, "OpsResultAttribute":{ "type":"structure", "required":["TypeName"], @@ -9251,6 +9533,21 @@ "members":{ } }, + "UpdateOpsMetadataRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":["OpsMetadataArn"], + "members":{ + "OpsMetadataArn":{"shape":"OpsMetadataArn"}, + "MetadataToUpdate":{"shape":"MetadataMap"}, + "KeysToDelete":{"shape":"MetadataKeysToDeleteList"} + } + }, + "UpdateOpsMetadataResult":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "OpsMetadataArn":{"shape":"OpsMetadataArn"} + } + }, "UpdatePatchBaselineRequest":{ "type":"structure", "required":["BaselineId"], diff --git a/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json b/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json index 18a33607e8c..19f258e74ff 100644 --- a/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ "CreateDocument": "

Creates a Systems Manager (SSM) document. An SSM document defines the actions that Systems Manager performs on your managed instances. For more information about SSM documents, including information about supported schemas, features, and syntax, see AWS Systems Manager Documents in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.

", "CreateMaintenanceWindow": "

Creates a new maintenance window.

The value you specify for Duration determines the specific end time for the maintenance window based on the time it begins. No maintenance window tasks are permitted to start after the resulting endtime minus the number of hours you specify for Cutoff. For example, if the maintenance window starts at 3 PM, the duration is three hours, and the value you specify for Cutoff is one hour, no maintenance window tasks can start after 5 PM.

", "CreateOpsItem": "

Creates a new OpsItem. You must have permission in AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) to create a new OpsItem. For more information, see Getting started with OpsCenter in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.

Operations engineers and IT professionals use OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and health of their AWS resources. For more information, see AWS Systems Manager OpsCenter in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "CreateOpsMetadata": "

If you create a new application in AppManager, Systems Manager calls this API action to specify information about the new application, including the application type.

", "CreatePatchBaseline": "

Creates a patch baseline.

For information about valid key and value pairs in PatchFilters for each supported operating system type, see PatchFilter.

", "CreateResourceDataSync": "

A resource data sync helps you view data from multiple sources in a single location. Systems Manager offers two types of resource data sync: SyncToDestination and SyncFromSource.

You can configure Systems Manager Inventory to use the SyncToDestination type to synchronize Inventory data from multiple AWS Regions to a single S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Resource Data Sync for Inventory in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.

You can configure Systems Manager Explorer to use the SyncFromSource type to synchronize operational work items (OpsItems) and operational data (OpsData) from multiple AWS Regions to a single S3 bucket. This type can synchronize OpsItems and OpsData from multiple AWS accounts and Regions or EntireOrganization by using AWS Organizations. For more information, see Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts and Regions in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.

A resource data sync is an asynchronous operation that returns immediately. After a successful initial sync is completed, the system continuously syncs data. To check the status of a sync, use the ListResourceDataSync.

By default, data is not encrypted in Amazon S3. We strongly recommend that you enable encryption in Amazon S3 to ensure secure data storage. We also recommend that you secure access to the Amazon S3 bucket by creating a restrictive bucket policy.

", "DeleteActivation": "

Deletes an activation. You are not required to delete an activation. If you delete an activation, you can no longer use it to register additional managed instances. Deleting an activation does not de-register managed instances. You must manually de-register managed instances.

", @@ -18,6 +19,7 @@ "DeleteDocument": "

Deletes the Systems Manager document and all instance associations to the document.

Before you delete the document, we recommend that you use DeleteAssociation to disassociate all instances that are associated with the document.

", "DeleteInventory": "

Delete a custom inventory type or the data associated with a custom Inventory type. Deleting a custom inventory type is also referred to as deleting a custom inventory schema.

", "DeleteMaintenanceWindow": "

Deletes a maintenance window.

", + "DeleteOpsMetadata": "

Delete OpsMetadata related to an application.

", "DeleteParameter": "

Delete a parameter from the system.

", "DeleteParameters": "

Delete a list of parameters.

", "DeletePatchBaseline": "

Deletes a patch baseline.

", @@ -56,7 +58,7 @@ "DescribePatchBaselines": "

Lists the patch baselines in your AWS account.

", "DescribePatchGroupState": "

Returns high-level aggregated patch compliance state for a patch group.

", "DescribePatchGroups": "

Lists all patch groups that have been registered with patch baselines.

", - "DescribePatchProperties": "

Lists the properties of available patches organized by product, product family, classification, severity, and other properties of available patches. You can use the reported properties in the filters you specify in requests for actions such as CreatePatchBaseline, UpdatePatchBaseline, DescribeAvailablePatches, and DescribePatchBaselines.

The following section lists the properties that can be used in filters for each major operating system type:

AMAZON_LINUX

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY

AMAZON_LINUX_2

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY

CENTOS

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY

DEBIAN

Valid properties: PRODUCT, PRIORITY

ORACLE_LINUX

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY

REDHAT_ENTERPRISE_LINUX

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY

SUSE

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY

UBUNTU

Valid properties: PRODUCT, PRIORITY

WINDOWS

Valid properties: PRODUCT, PRODUCT_FAMILY, CLASSIFICATION, MSRC_SEVERITY

", + "DescribePatchProperties": "

Lists the properties of available patches organized by product, product family, classification, severity, and other properties of available patches. You can use the reported properties in the filters you specify in requests for actions such as CreatePatchBaseline, UpdatePatchBaseline, DescribeAvailablePatches, and DescribePatchBaselines.

The following section lists the properties that can be used in filters for each major operating system type:

AMAZON_LINUX

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY

AMAZON_LINUX_2

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY

CENTOS

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY

DEBIAN

Valid properties: PRODUCT, PRIORITY

MACOS

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION

ORACLE_LINUX

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY

REDHAT_ENTERPRISE_LINUX

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY

SUSE

Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY

UBUNTU

Valid properties: PRODUCT, PRIORITY

WINDOWS

Valid properties: PRODUCT, PRODUCT_FAMILY, CLASSIFICATION, MSRC_SEVERITY

", "DescribeSessions": "

Retrieves a list of all active sessions (both connected and disconnected) or terminated sessions from the past 30 days.

", "GetAutomationExecution": "

Get detailed information about a particular Automation execution.

", "GetCalendarState": "

Gets the state of the AWS Systems Manager Change Calendar at an optional, specified time. If you specify a time, GetCalendarState returns the state of the calendar at a specific time, and returns the next time that the Change Calendar state will transition. If you do not specify a time, GetCalendarState assumes the current time. Change Calendar entries have two possible states: OPEN or CLOSED.

If you specify more than one calendar in a request, the command returns the status of OPEN only if all calendars in the request are open. If one or more calendars in the request are closed, the status returned is CLOSED.

For more information about Systems Manager Change Calendar, see AWS Systems Manager Change Calendar in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.

", @@ -73,6 +75,7 @@ "GetMaintenanceWindowExecutionTaskInvocation": "

Retrieves information about a specific task running on a specific target.

", "GetMaintenanceWindowTask": "

Lists the tasks in a maintenance window.

", "GetOpsItem": "

Get information about an OpsItem by using the ID. You must have permission in AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) to view information about an OpsItem. For more information, see Getting started with OpsCenter in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.

Operations engineers and IT professionals use OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and health of their AWS resources. For more information, see AWS Systems Manager OpsCenter in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "GetOpsMetadata": "

View operational metadata related to an application in AppManager.

", "GetOpsSummary": "

View a summary of OpsItems based on specified filters and aggregators.

", "GetParameter": "

Get information about a parameter by using the parameter name. Don't confuse this API action with the GetParameters API action.

", "GetParameterHistory": "

Retrieves the history of all changes to a parameter.

", @@ -91,6 +94,7 @@ "ListDocumentVersions": "

List all versions for a document.

", "ListDocuments": "

Returns all Systems Manager (SSM) documents in the current AWS account and Region. You can limit the results of this request by using a filter.

", "ListInventoryEntries": "

A list of inventory items returned by the request.

", + "ListOpsMetadata": "

Systems Manager calls this API action when displaying all AppManager OpsMetadata objects or blobs.

", "ListResourceComplianceSummaries": "

Returns a resource-level summary count. The summary includes information about compliant and non-compliant statuses and detailed compliance-item severity counts, according to the filter criteria you specify.

", "ListResourceDataSync": "

Lists your resource data sync configurations. Includes information about the last time a sync attempted to start, the last sync status, and the last time a sync successfully completed.

The number of sync configurations might be too large to return using a single call to ListResourceDataSync. You can limit the number of sync configurations returned by using the MaxResults parameter. To determine whether there are more sync configurations to list, check the value of NextToken in the output. If there are more sync configurations to list, you can request them by specifying the NextToken returned in the call to the parameter of a subsequent call.

", "ListTagsForResource": "

Returns a list of the tags assigned to the specified resource.

", @@ -121,6 +125,7 @@ "UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask": "

Modifies a task assigned to a maintenance window. You can't change the task type, but you can change the following values:

If the value for a parameter in UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask is null, then the corresponding field is not modified. If you set Replace to true, then all fields required by the RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow action are required for this request. Optional fields that aren't specified are set to null.

When you update a maintenance window task that has options specified in TaskInvocationParameters, you must provide again all the TaskInvocationParameters values that you want to retain. The values you do not specify again are removed. For example, suppose that when you registered a Run Command task, you specified TaskInvocationParameters values for Comment, NotificationConfig, and OutputS3BucketName. If you update the maintenance window task and specify only a different OutputS3BucketName value, the values for Comment and NotificationConfig are removed.

", "UpdateManagedInstanceRole": "

Changes the Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is assigned to the on-premises instance or virtual machines (VM). IAM roles are first assigned to these hybrid instances during the activation process. For more information, see CreateActivation.

", "UpdateOpsItem": "

Edit or change an OpsItem. You must have permission in AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) to update an OpsItem. For more information, see Getting started with OpsCenter in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.

Operations engineers and IT professionals use OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and health of their AWS resources. For more information, see AWS Systems Manager OpsCenter in the AWS Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "UpdateOpsMetadata": "

Systems Manager calls this API action when you edit OpsMetadata in AppManager.

", "UpdatePatchBaseline": "

Modifies an existing patch baseline. Fields not specified in the request are left unchanged.

For information about valid key and value pairs in PatchFilters for each supported operating system type, see PatchFilter.

", "UpdateResourceDataSync": "

Update a resource data sync. After you create a resource data sync for a Region, you can't change the account options for that sync. For example, if you create a sync in the us-east-2 (Ohio) Region and you choose the Include only the current account option, you can't edit that sync later and choose the Include all accounts from my AWS Organizations configuration option. Instead, you must delete the first resource data sync, and create a new one.

This API action only supports a resource data sync that was created with a SyncFromSource SyncType.

", "UpdateServiceSetting": "

ServiceSetting is an account-level setting for an AWS service. This setting defines how a user interacts with or uses a service or a feature of a service. For example, if an AWS service charges money to the account based on feature or service usage, then the AWS service team might create a default setting of \"false\". This means the user can't use this feature unless they change the setting to \"true\" and intentionally opt in for a paid feature.

Services map a SettingId object to a setting value. AWS services teams define the default value for a SettingId. You can't create a new SettingId, but you can overwrite the default value if you have the ssm:UpdateServiceSetting permission for the setting. Use the GetServiceSetting API action to view the current value. Or, use the ResetServiceSetting to change the value back to the original value defined by the AWS service team.

Update the service setting for the account.

" @@ -237,11 +242,11 @@ "ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval": { "base": null, "refs": { - "AssociationDescription$ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval": "

By default, when you create a new associations, the system runs it immediately after it is created and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you create it.

", - "AssociationVersionInfo$ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval": "

By default, when you create a new associations, the system runs it immediately after it is created and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you create it.

", - "CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry$ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval": "

By default, when you create a new associations, the system runs it immediately after it is created and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you create it.

", - "CreateAssociationRequest$ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval": "

By default, when you create a new associations, the system runs it immediately after it is created and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you create it.

", - "UpdateAssociationRequest$ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval": "

By default, when you update an association, the system runs it immediately after it is updated and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you update it.

Also, if you specified this option when you created the association, you can reset it. To do so, specify the no-apply-only-at-cron-interval parameter when you update the association from the command line. This parameter forces the association to run immediately after updating it and according to the interval specified.

" + "AssociationDescription$ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval": "

By default, when you create a new associations, the system runs it immediately after it is created and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you create it. This parameter is not supported for rate expressions.

", + "AssociationVersionInfo$ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval": "

By default, when you create a new associations, the system runs it immediately after it is created and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you create it. This parameter is not supported for rate expressions.

", + "CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry$ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval": "

By default, when you create a new associations, the system runs it immediately after it is created and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you create it. This parameter is not supported for rate expressions.

", + "CreateAssociationRequest$ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval": "

By default, when you create a new associations, the system runs it immediately after it is created and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you create it. This parameter is not supported for rate expressions.

", + "UpdateAssociationRequest$ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval": "

By default, when you update an association, the system runs it immediately after it is updated and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you update it. This parameter is not supported for rate expressions.

Also, if you specified this option when you created the association, you can reset it. To do so, specify the no-apply-only-at-cron-interval parameter when you update the association from the command line. This parameter forces the association to run immediately after updating it and according to the interval specified.

" } }, "ApproveAfterDays": { @@ -1373,6 +1378,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "CreateOpsMetadataRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "CreateOpsMetadataResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "CreatePatchBaselineRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1457,6 +1472,8 @@ "OpsItem$LastModifiedTime": "

The date and time the OpsItem was last updated.

", "OpsItemSummary$CreatedTime": "

The date and time the OpsItem was created.

", "OpsItemSummary$LastModifiedTime": "

The date and time the OpsItem was last updated.

", + "OpsMetadata$LastModifiedDate": "

The date the OpsMetadata object was last updated.

", + "OpsMetadata$CreationDate": "

The date the OpsMetadata objects was created.

", "Parameter$LastModifiedDate": "

Date the parameter was last changed or updated and the parameter version was created.

", "ParameterHistory$LastModifiedDate": "

Date the parameter was last changed or updated.

", "ParameterMetadata$LastModifiedDate": "

Date the parameter was last changed or updated.

", @@ -1535,6 +1552,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "DeleteOpsMetadataRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "DeleteOpsMetadataResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "DeleteParameterRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -2571,6 +2598,22 @@ "refs": { } }, + "GetOpsMetadataMaxResults": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "GetOpsMetadataRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of items to return for this call. The call also returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.

" + } + }, + "GetOpsMetadataRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "GetOpsMetadataResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "GetOpsSummaryRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -3656,6 +3699,22 @@ "refs": { } }, + "ListOpsMetadataMaxResults": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ListOpsMetadataRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of items to return for this call. The call also returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.

" + } + }, + "ListOpsMetadataRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "ListOpsMetadataResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "ListResourceComplianceSummariesRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -4347,6 +4406,39 @@ "DescribeInstanceInformationRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of items to return for this call. The call also returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.

" } }, + "MetadataKey": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "MetadataKeysToDeleteList$member": null, + "MetadataMap$key": null + } + }, + "MetadataKeysToDeleteList": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "UpdateOpsMetadataRequest$KeysToDelete": "

The metadata keys to delete from the OpsMetadata object.

" + } + }, + "MetadataMap": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "CreateOpsMetadataRequest$Metadata": "

Metadata for a new AppManager application.

", + "GetOpsMetadataResult$Metadata": "

OpsMetadata for an AppManager application.

", + "UpdateOpsMetadataRequest$MetadataToUpdate": "

Metadata to add to an OpsMetadata object.

" + } + }, + "MetadataValue": { + "base": "

Metadata to assign to an AppManager application.

", + "refs": { + "MetadataMap$value": null + } + }, + "MetadataValueString": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "MetadataValue$Value": "

Metadata value to assign to an AppManager application.

" + } + }, "ModifyDocumentPermissionRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -4418,6 +4510,8 @@ "GetInventoryResult$NextToken": "

The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional items to return, the string is empty.

", "GetInventorySchemaRequest$NextToken": "

The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a previous call.)

", "GetInventorySchemaResult$NextToken": "

The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional items to return, the string is empty.

", + "GetOpsMetadataRequest$NextToken": "

A token to start the list. Use this token to get the next set of results.

", + "GetOpsMetadataResult$NextToken": "

The token for the next set of items to return. Use this token to get the next set of results.

", "GetOpsSummaryRequest$NextToken": "

A token to start the list. Use this token to get the next set of results.

", "GetOpsSummaryResult$NextToken": "

The token for the next set of items to return. Use this token to get the next set of results.

", "GetParameterHistoryRequest$NextToken": "

The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a previous call.)

", @@ -4442,6 +4536,8 @@ "ListDocumentsResult$NextToken": "

The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional items to return, the string is empty.

", "ListInventoryEntriesRequest$NextToken": "

The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a previous call.)

", "ListInventoryEntriesResult$NextToken": "

The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional items to return, the string is empty.

", + "ListOpsMetadataRequest$NextToken": "

A token to start the list. Use this token to get the next set of results.

", + "ListOpsMetadataResult$NextToken": "

The token for the next set of items to return. Use this token to get the next set of results.

", "ListResourceComplianceSummariesRequest$NextToken": "

A token to start the list. Use this token to get the next set of results.

", "ListResourceComplianceSummariesResult$NextToken": "

The token for the next set of items to return. Use this token to get the next set of results.

", "ListResourceDataSyncRequest$NextToken": "

A token to start the list. Use this token to get the next set of results.

", @@ -4858,6 +4954,97 @@ "UpdateOpsItemRequest$Title": "

A short heading that describes the nature of the OpsItem and the impacted resource.

" } }, + "OpsMetadata": { + "base": "

Operational metadata for an application in AppManager.

", + "refs": { + "OpsMetadataList$member": null + } + }, + "OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException": { + "base": "

An OpsMetadata object already exists for the selected resource.

", + "refs": { + } + }, + "OpsMetadataArn": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "CreateOpsMetadataResult$OpsMetadataArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OpsMetadata Object or blob created by the call.

", + "DeleteOpsMetadataRequest$OpsMetadataArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an OpsMetadata Object to delete.

", + "GetOpsMetadataRequest$OpsMetadataArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an OpsMetadata Object to view.

", + "OpsMetadata$OpsMetadataArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OpsMetadata Object or blob.

", + "UpdateOpsMetadataRequest$OpsMetadataArn": "

The Amazon Resoure Name (ARN) of the OpsMetadata Object to update.

", + "UpdateOpsMetadataResult$OpsMetadataArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OpsMetadata Object that was updated.

" + } + }, + "OpsMetadataFilter": { + "base": "

A filter to limit the number of OpsMetadata objects displayed.

", + "refs": { + "OpsMetadataFilterList$member": null + } + }, + "OpsMetadataFilterKey": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "OpsMetadataFilter$Key": "

A filter key.

" + } + }, + "OpsMetadataFilterList": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ListOpsMetadataRequest$Filters": "

One or more filters to limit the number of OpsMetadata objects returned by the call.

" + } + }, + "OpsMetadataFilterValue": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "OpsMetadataFilterValueList$member": null + } + }, + "OpsMetadataFilterValueList": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "OpsMetadataFilter$Values": "

A filter value.

" + } + }, + "OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException": { + "base": "

One of the arguments passed is invalid.

", + "refs": { + } + }, + "OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException": { + "base": "

The OpsMetadata object exceeds the maximum number of OpsMetadata keys that you can assign to an application in AppManager.

", + "refs": { + } + }, + "OpsMetadataLimitExceededException": { + "base": "

Your account reached the maximum number of OpsMetadata objects allowed by AppManager. The maximum is 200 OpsMetadata objects. Delete one or more OpsMetadata object and try again.

", + "refs": { + } + }, + "OpsMetadataList": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ListOpsMetadataResult$OpsMetadataList": "

Returns a list of OpsMetadata objects.

" + } + }, + "OpsMetadataNotFoundException": { + "base": "

The OpsMetadata object does not exist.

", + "refs": { + } + }, + "OpsMetadataResourceId": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "CreateOpsMetadataRequest$ResourceId": "

A resource ID for a new AppManager application.

", + "GetOpsMetadataResult$ResourceId": "

The resource ID of the AppManager application.

", + "OpsMetadata$ResourceId": "

The ID of the AppManager application.

" + } + }, + "OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException": { + "base": "

The system is processing too many concurrent updates. Wait a few moments and try again.

", + "refs": { + } + }, "OpsResultAttribute": { "base": "

The OpsItem data type to return.

", "refs": { @@ -5275,7 +5462,7 @@ "PatchCVEIdList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "Patch$CVEIds": "

The Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) ID of the patch. For example, CVE-1999-0067. Applies to Linux-based instances only.

" + "Patch$CVEIds": "

The Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) ID of the patch. For example, CVE-2011-3192. Applies to Linux-based instances only.

" } }, "PatchCVEIds": { @@ -5631,7 +5818,7 @@ "PatchSet": { "base": null, "refs": { - "DescribePatchPropertiesRequest$PatchSet": "

Indicates whether to list patches for the Windows operating system or for Microsoft applications. Not applicable for Linux operating systems.

" + "DescribePatchPropertiesRequest$PatchSet": "

Indicates whether to list patches for the Windows operating system or for Microsoft applications. Not applicable for the Linux or macOS operating systems.

" } }, "PatchSeverity": { @@ -6740,6 +6927,13 @@ "OpsItemParameterNamesList$member": null, "OpsItemSummary$CreatedBy": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM entity that created the OpsItem.

", "OpsItemSummary$LastModifiedBy": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM entity that created the OpsItem.

", + "OpsMetadata$LastModifiedUser": "

The user name who last updated the OpsMetadata object.

", + "OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException$message": null, + "OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException$message": null, + "OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException$message": null, + "OpsMetadataLimitExceededException$message": null, + "OpsMetadataNotFoundException$message": null, + "OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException$message": null, "Parameter$SourceResult": "

Applies to parameters that reference information in other AWS services. SourceResult is the raw result or response from the source.

", "Parameter$ARN": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the parameter.

", "ParameterAlreadyExists$message": null, @@ -7152,6 +7346,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "UpdateOpsMetadataRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "UpdateOpsMetadataResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "UpdatePatchBaselineRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { diff --git a/models/apis/workspaces/2015-04-08/api-2.json b/models/apis/workspaces/2015-04-08/api-2.json index acce8755661..ebf3de00450 100644 --- a/models/apis/workspaces/2015-04-08/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/workspaces/2015-04-08/api-2.json @@ -2330,7 +2330,8 @@ "enum":[ "BYOL_REGULAR", "BYOL_GRAPHICS", - "BYOL_GRAPHICSPRO" + "BYOL_GRAPHICSPRO", + "BYOL_REGULAR_WSP" ] }, "WorkspaceImageList":{ diff --git a/models/apis/workspaces/2015-04-08/docs-2.json b/models/apis/workspaces/2015-04-08/docs-2.json index 88d26040408..47e8cc53281 100644 --- a/models/apis/workspaces/2015-04-08/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/workspaces/2015-04-08/docs-2.json @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ "AssociateConnectionAlias": "

Associates the specified connection alias with the specified directory to enable cross-Region redirection. For more information, see Cross-Region Redirection for Amazon WorkSpaces.

Before performing this operation, call DescribeConnectionAliases to make sure that the current state of the connection alias is CREATED.

", "AssociateIpGroups": "

Associates the specified IP access control group with the specified directory.

", "AuthorizeIpRules": "

Adds one or more rules to the specified IP access control group.

This action gives users permission to access their WorkSpaces from the CIDR address ranges specified in the rules.

", - "CopyWorkspaceImage": "

Copies the specified image from the specified Region to the current Region. For more information about copying images, see Copy a Custom WorkSpaces Image.

Before copying a shared image, be sure to verify that it has been shared from the correct AWS account. To determine if an image has been shared and to see the AWS account ID that owns an image, use the DescribeWorkSpaceImages and DescribeWorkspaceImagePermissions API operations.

", + "CopyWorkspaceImage": "

Copies the specified image from the specified Region to the current Region. For more information about copying images, see Copy a Custom WorkSpaces Image.

In the China (Ningxia) Region, you can copy images only within the same Region.

In the AWS GovCloud (US-West) Region, to copy images to and from other AWS Regions, contact AWS Support.

Before copying a shared image, be sure to verify that it has been shared from the correct AWS account. To determine if an image has been shared and to see the AWS account ID that owns an image, use the DescribeWorkSpaceImages and DescribeWorkspaceImagePermissions API operations.

", "CreateConnectionAlias": "

Creates the specified connection alias for use with cross-Region redirection. For more information, see Cross-Region Redirection for Amazon WorkSpaces.

", "CreateIpGroup": "

Creates an IP access control group.

An IP access control group provides you with the ability to control the IP addresses from which users are allowed to access their WorkSpaces. To specify the CIDR address ranges, add rules to your IP access control group and then associate the group with your directory. You can add rules when you create the group or at any time using AuthorizeIpRules.

There is a default IP access control group associated with your directory. If you don't associate an IP access control group with your directory, the default group is used. The default group includes a default rule that allows users to access their WorkSpaces from anywhere. You cannot modify the default IP access control group for your directory.

", "CreateTags": "

Creates the specified tags for the specified WorkSpaces resource.

", @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "DeleteIpGroup": "

Deletes the specified IP access control group.

You cannot delete an IP access control group that is associated with a directory.

", "DeleteTags": "

Deletes the specified tags from the specified WorkSpaces resource.

", "DeleteWorkspaceImage": "

Deletes the specified image from your account. To delete an image, you must first delete any bundles that are associated with the image and unshare the image if it is shared with other accounts.

", - "DeregisterWorkspaceDirectory": "

Deregisters the specified directory. This operation is asynchronous and returns before the WorkSpace directory is deregistered. If any WorkSpaces are registered to this directory, you must remove them before you can deregister the directory.

", + "DeregisterWorkspaceDirectory": "

Deregisters the specified directory. This operation is asynchronous and returns before the WorkSpace directory is deregistered. If any WorkSpaces are registered to this directory, you must remove them before you can deregister the directory.

Simple AD and AD Connector are made available to you free of charge to use with WorkSpaces. If there are no WorkSpaces being used with your Simple AD or AD Connector directory for 30 consecutive days, this directory will be automatically deregistered for use with Amazon WorkSpaces, and you will be charged for this directory as per the AWS Directory Services pricing terms.

To delete empty directories, see Delete the Directory for Your WorkSpaces. If you delete your Simple AD or AD Connector directory, you can always create a new one when you want to start using WorkSpaces again.

", "DescribeAccount": "

Retrieves a list that describes the configuration of Bring Your Own License (BYOL) for the specified account.

", "DescribeAccountModifications": "

Retrieves a list that describes modifications to the configuration of Bring Your Own License (BYOL) for the specified account.

", "DescribeClientProperties": "

Retrieves a list that describes one or more specified Amazon WorkSpaces clients.

", @@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ "RevokeIpRules": "

Removes one or more rules from the specified IP access control group.

", "StartWorkspaces": "

Starts the specified WorkSpaces.

You cannot start a WorkSpace unless it has a running mode of AutoStop and a state of STOPPED.

", "StopWorkspaces": "

Stops the specified WorkSpaces.

You cannot stop a WorkSpace unless it has a running mode of AutoStop and a state of AVAILABLE, IMPAIRED, UNHEALTHY, or ERROR.

", - "TerminateWorkspaces": "

Terminates the specified WorkSpaces.

Terminating a WorkSpace is a permanent action and cannot be undone. The user's data is destroyed. If you need to archive any user data, contact AWS Support before terminating the WorkSpace.

You can terminate a WorkSpace that is in any state except SUSPENDED.

This operation is asynchronous and returns before the WorkSpaces have been completely terminated. After a WorkSpace is terminated, the TERMINATED state is returned only briefly before the WorkSpace directory metadata is cleaned up, so this state is rarely returned. To confirm that a WorkSpace is terminated, check for the WorkSpace ID by using DescribeWorkSpaces. If the WorkSpace ID isn't returned, then the WorkSpace has been successfully terminated.

", + "TerminateWorkspaces": "

Terminates the specified WorkSpaces.

Terminating a WorkSpace is a permanent action and cannot be undone. The user's data is destroyed. If you need to archive any user data, contact AWS Support before terminating the WorkSpace.

You can terminate a WorkSpace that is in any state except SUSPENDED.

This operation is asynchronous and returns before the WorkSpaces have been completely terminated. After a WorkSpace is terminated, the TERMINATED state is returned only briefly before the WorkSpace directory metadata is cleaned up, so this state is rarely returned. To confirm that a WorkSpace is terminated, check for the WorkSpace ID by using DescribeWorkSpaces. If the WorkSpace ID isn't returned, then the WorkSpace has been successfully terminated.

Simple AD and AD Connector are made available to you free of charge to use with WorkSpaces. If there are no WorkSpaces being used with your Simple AD or AD Connector directory for 30 consecutive days, this directory will be automatically deregistered for use with Amazon WorkSpaces, and you will be charged for this directory as per the AWS Directory Services pricing terms.

To delete empty directories, see Delete the Directory for Your WorkSpaces. If you delete your Simple AD or AD Connector directory, you can always create a new one when you want to start using WorkSpaces again.

", "UpdateConnectionAliasPermission": "

Shares or unshares a connection alias with one account by specifying whether that account has permission to associate the connection alias with a directory. If the association permission is granted, the connection alias is shared with that account. If the association permission is revoked, the connection alias is unshared with the account. For more information, see Cross-Region Redirection for Amazon WorkSpaces.

", "UpdateRulesOfIpGroup": "

Replaces the current rules of the specified IP access control group with the specified rules.

", - "UpdateWorkspaceImagePermission": "

Shares or unshares an image with one account by specifying whether that account has permission to copy the image. If the copy image permission is granted, the image is shared with that account. If the copy image permission is revoked, the image is unshared with the account. For more information about sharing images, see Share or Unshare a Custom WorkSpaces Image.

" + "UpdateWorkspaceImagePermission": "

Shares or unshares an image with one account in the same AWS Region by specifying whether that account has permission to copy the image. If the copy image permission is granted, the image is shared with that account. If the copy image permission is revoked, the image is unshared with the account.

After an image has been shared, the recipient account can copy the image to other AWS Regions as needed.

In the China (Ningxia) Region, you can copy images only within the same Region.

In the AWS GovCloud (US-West) Region, to copy images to and from other AWS Regions, contact AWS Support.

For more information about sharing images, see Share or Unshare a Custom WorkSpaces Image.

" }, "shapes": { "ARN": { @@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ "WorkspaceImageIngestionProcess": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ImportWorkspaceImageRequest$IngestionProcess": "

The ingestion process to be used when importing the image. For non-GPU-enabled bundles (bundles other than Graphics or GraphicsPro), specify BYOL_REGULAR.

" + "ImportWorkspaceImageRequest$IngestionProcess": "

The ingestion process to be used when importing the image, depending on which protocol you want to use for your BYOL Workspace image, either PCoIP or WorkSpaces Streaming Protocol (WSP). To use WSP, specify a value that ends in _WSP. To use PCoIP, specify a value that does not end in _WSP.

For non-GPU-enabled bundles (bundles other than Graphics or GraphicsPro), specify BYOL_REGULAR or BYOL_REGULAR_WSP, depending on the protocol.

" } }, "WorkspaceImageList": { diff --git a/service/directoryservice/api.go b/service/directoryservice/api.go index 5f9fd482a2c..16514c347f1 100644 --- a/service/directoryservice/api.go +++ b/service/directoryservice/api.go @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) AddRegionRequest(input *AddRegionInput) (req *request // per directory. // // * AccessDeniedException -// You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. +// Client authentication is not available in this region at this time. // // * ClientException // A client exception has occurred. @@ -1885,8 +1885,8 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DeregisterCertificateRequest(input *DeregisterCertifi // DeregisterCertificate API operation for AWS Directory Service. // -// Deletes from the system the certificate that was registered for a secured -// LDAP connection. +// Deletes from the system the certificate that was registered for secure LDAP +// or client certificate authentication. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2076,8 +2076,8 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeCertificateRequest(input *DescribeCertificate // DescribeCertificate API operation for AWS Directory Service. // -// Displays information about the certificate registered for a secured LDAP -// connection. +// Displays information about the certificate registered for secure LDAP or +// client certificate authentication. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeRegionsRequest(input *DescribeRegionsInput) ( // The NextToken value is not valid. // // * AccessDeniedException -// You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. +// Client authentication is not available in this region at this time. // // * ClientException // A client exception has occurred. @@ -3096,7 +3096,7 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DisableClientAuthenticationRequest(input *DisableClie // DisableClientAuthentication API operation for AWS Directory Service. // -// Disable client authentication for smart cards. +// Disables alternative client authentication methods for the specified directory. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3113,10 +3113,10 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DisableClientAuthenticationRequest(input *DisableClie // The operation is not supported. // // * InvalidClientAuthStatusException -// The client authorization was invalid. +// Client authentication is already enabled. // // * AccessDeniedException -// You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. +// Client authentication is not available in this region at this time. // // * ClientException // A client exception has occurred. @@ -3470,7 +3470,7 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) EnableClientAuthenticationRequest(input *EnableClient // EnableClientAuthentication API operation for AWS Directory Service. // -// Enable client authentication for smardtcards. +// Enables alternative client authentication methods for the specified directory. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3487,14 +3487,14 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) EnableClientAuthenticationRequest(input *EnableClient // The operation is not supported. // // * InvalidClientAuthStatusException -// The client authorization was invalid. +// Client authentication is already enabled. // // * AccessDeniedException -// You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. +// Client authentication is not available in this region at this time. // // * NoAvailableCertificateException -// The LDAP activities could not be performed because at least one valid certificate -// must be registered with the system. +// Client authentication setup could not be completed because at least one valid +// certificate must be registered in the system. // // * ClientException // A client exception has occurred. @@ -3587,8 +3587,8 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) EnableLDAPSRequest(input *EnableLDAPSInput) (req *req // The specified directory does not exist in the system. // // * NoAvailableCertificateException -// The LDAP activities could not be performed because at least one valid certificate -// must be registered with the system. +// Client authentication setup could not be completed because at least one valid +// certificate must be registered in the system. // // * InvalidLDAPSStatusException // The LDAP activities could not be performed because they are limited by the @@ -4031,7 +4031,7 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListCertificatesRequest(input *ListCertificatesInput) // ListCertificates API operation for AWS Directory Service. // // For the specified directory, lists all the certificates registered for a -// secured LDAP connection. +// secure LDAP or client certificate authentication. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4483,7 +4483,7 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) RegisterCertificateRequest(input *RegisterCertificate // RegisterCertificate API operation for AWS Directory Service. // -// Registers a certificate for secured LDAP connection. +// Registers a certificate for a secure LDAP or client certificate authentication. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4888,7 +4888,7 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) RemoveRegionRequest(input *RemoveRegionInput) (req *r // The operation is not supported. // // * AccessDeniedException -// You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. +// Client authentication is not available in this region at this time. // // * ClientException // A client exception has occurred. @@ -5312,7 +5312,7 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ShareDirectoryRequest(input *ShareDirectoryInput) (re // Exception encountered while trying to access your AWS organization. // // * AccessDeniedException -// You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. +// Client authentication is not available in this region at this time. // // * UnsupportedOperationException // The operation is not supported. @@ -6064,7 +6064,7 @@ func (s *AcceptSharedDirectoryOutput) SetSharedDirectory(v *SharedDirectory) *Ac return s } -// You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. +// Client authentication is not available in this region at this time. type AccessDeniedException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -6589,8 +6589,8 @@ type Certificate struct { // The identifier of the certificate. CertificateId *string `type:"string"` - // Provides information about the client certificate authentication settings. - // The default value is ClientLDAPS. + // A ClientCertAuthSettings object that contains client certificate authentication + // settings. ClientCertAuthSettings *ClientCertAuthSettings `type:"structure"` // The common name for the certificate. @@ -6608,7 +6608,8 @@ type Certificate struct { // Describes a state change for the certificate. StateReason *string `type:"string"` - // Select ClientCertAuth for smart card integration. + // The function that the registered certificate performs. Valid values include + // ClientLDAPS or ClientCertAuth. The default value is ClientLDAPS. Type *string `type:"string" enum:"CertificateType"` } @@ -6867,7 +6868,8 @@ type CertificateInfo struct { // The state of the certificate. State *string `type:"string" enum:"CertificateState"` - // Displays the type of certificate. + // The function that the registered certificate performs. Valid values include + // ClientLDAPS or ClientCertAuth. The default value is ClientLDAPS. Type *string `type:"string" enum:"CertificateType"` } @@ -6972,13 +6974,14 @@ func (s *CertificateLimitExceededException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } -// Contains information about the client certificate authentication settings, -// such as ClientLDAPS or ClientCertAuth. +// Contains information about the client certificate authentication settings +// for the RegisterCertificate and DescribeCertificate operations. type ClientCertAuthSettings struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies the URL of the default OCSP server used to check for revocation - // status. + // status. A secondary value to any OCSP address found in the AIA extension + // of the user certificate. OCSPUrl *string `min:"1" type:"string"` } @@ -10565,12 +10568,13 @@ func (s *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) SetVpcId(v string) *DirectoryVpcSettin type DisableClientAuthenticationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Disable client authentication in a specified directory for smart cards. + // The identifier of the directory // // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` - // Disable the type of client authentication request. + // The type of client authentication to disable. Currently, only the parameter, + // SmartCard is supported. // // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ClientAuthenticationType"` @@ -11005,12 +11009,15 @@ func (s *DomainControllerLimitExceededException) RequestID() string { type EnableClientAuthenticationInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Enable client authentication in a specified directory for smart cards. + // The identifier of the specified directory. // // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` - // Enable the type of client authentication request. + // The type of client authentication to enable. Currently only the value SmartCard + // is supported. Smart card authentication in AD Connector requires that you + // enable Kerberos Constrained Delegation for the Service User to the LDAP service + // in the on-premises AD. // // Type is a required field Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ClientAuthenticationType"` @@ -11700,7 +11707,7 @@ func (s *InvalidCertificateException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } -// The client authorization was invalid. +// Client authentication is already enabled. type InvalidClientAuthStatusException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -12758,8 +12765,8 @@ func (s *LogSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreatedDateTime(v time.Time) *LogSubscr return s } -// The LDAP activities could not be performed because at least one valid certificate -// must be registered with the system. +// Client authentication setup could not be completed because at least one valid +// certificate must be registered in the system. type NoAvailableCertificateException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -13266,8 +13273,8 @@ type RegisterCertificateInput struct { // CertificateData is a required field CertificateData *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Contains information about the client certificate authentication settings, - // such as ClientLDAPS or ClientCertAuth. + // A ClientCertAuthSettings object that contains client certificate authentication + // settings. ClientCertAuthSettings *ClientCertAuthSettings `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the directory. @@ -13275,7 +13282,8 @@ type RegisterCertificateInput struct { // DirectoryId is a required field DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` - // The certificate type to register for the request. + // The function that the registered certificate performs. Valid values include + // ClientLDAPS or ClientCertAuth. The default value is ClientLDAPS. Type *string `type:"string" enum:"CertificateType"` } diff --git a/service/directoryservice/errors.go b/service/directoryservice/errors.go index f88cf125c04..8e427c8d511 100644 --- a/service/directoryservice/errors.go +++ b/service/directoryservice/errors.go @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ const ( // ErrCodeAccessDeniedException for service response error code // "AccessDeniedException". // - // You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. + // Client authentication is not available in this region at this time. ErrCodeAccessDeniedException = "AccessDeniedException" // ErrCodeAuthenticationFailedException for service response error code @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ const ( // ErrCodeInvalidClientAuthStatusException for service response error code // "InvalidClientAuthStatusException". // - // The client authorization was invalid. + // Client authentication is already enabled. ErrCodeInvalidClientAuthStatusException = "InvalidClientAuthStatusException" // ErrCodeInvalidLDAPSStatusException for service response error code @@ -170,8 +170,8 @@ const ( // ErrCodeNoAvailableCertificateException for service response error code // "NoAvailableCertificateException". // - // The LDAP activities could not be performed because at least one valid certificate - // must be registered with the system. + // Client authentication setup could not be completed because at least one valid + // certificate must be registered in the system. ErrCodeNoAvailableCertificateException = "NoAvailableCertificateException" // ErrCodeOrganizationsException for service response error code diff --git a/service/ec2/api.go b/service/ec2/api.go index 6f0f6fbb1eb..8b21f7a66cd 100644 --- a/service/ec2/api.go +++ b/service/ec2/api.go @@ -48804,10 +48804,25 @@ type CreateImageInput struct { Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // By default, Amazon EC2 attempts to shut down and reboot the instance before - // creating the image. If the 'No Reboot' option is set, Amazon EC2 doesn't - // shut down the instance before creating the image. When this option is used, - // file system integrity on the created image can't be guaranteed. + // creating the image. If the No Reboot option is set, Amazon EC2 doesn't shut + // down the instance before creating the image. When this option is used, file + // system integrity on the created image can't be guaranteed. NoReboot *bool `locationName:"noReboot" type:"boolean"` + + // The tags to apply to the AMI and snapshots on creation. You can tag the AMI, + // the snapshots, or both. + // + // * To tag the AMI, the value for ResourceType must be image. + // + // * To tag the snapshots that are created of the root volume and of other + // EBS volumes that are attached to the instance, the value for ResourceType + // must be snapshot. The same tag is applied to all of the snapshots that + // are created. + // + // If you specify other values for ResourceType, the request fails. + // + // To tag an AMI or snapshot after it has been created, see CreateTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). + TagSpecifications []*TagSpecification `locationName:"TagSpecification" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -48872,6 +48887,12 @@ func (s *CreateImageInput) SetNoReboot(v bool) *CreateImageInput { return s } +// SetTagSpecifications sets the TagSpecifications field's value. +func (s *CreateImageInput) SetTagSpecifications(v []*TagSpecification) *CreateImageInput { + s.TagSpecifications = v + return s +} + type CreateImageOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -110333,15 +110354,15 @@ type TagSpecification struct { // The type of resource to tag. Currently, the resource types that support tagging // on creation are: capacity-reservation | carrier-gateway | client-vpn-endpoint // | customer-gateway | dedicated-host | dhcp-options | export-image-task | - // export-instance-task | fleet | fpga-image | host-reservation | import-image-task + // export-instance-task | fleet | fpga-image | host-reservation | image| import-image-task // | import-snapshot-task | instance | internet-gateway | ipv4pool-ec2 | ipv6pool-ec2 // | key-pair | launch-template | placement-group | prefix-list | natgateway - // | network-acl | route-table | security-group | spot-fleet-request | spot-instances-request - // | snapshot | subnet | traffic-mirror-filter | traffic-mirror-session | traffic-mirror-target - // | transit-gateway | transit-gateway-attachment | transit-gateway-route-table - // | volume |vpc | vpc-peering-connection | vpc-endpoint (for interface and - // gateway endpoints) | vpc-endpoint-service (for AWS PrivateLink) | vpc-flow-log - // | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway. + // | network-acl | route-table | security-group| snapshot | spot-fleet-request + // | spot-instances-request | snapshot | subnet | traffic-mirror-filter | traffic-mirror-session + // | traffic-mirror-target | transit-gateway | transit-gateway-attachment | + // transit-gateway-route-table | volume |vpc | vpc-peering-connection | vpc-endpoint + // (for interface and gateway endpoints) | vpc-endpoint-service (for AWS PrivateLink) + // | vpc-flow-log | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway. // // To tag a resource after it has been created, see CreateTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string" enum:"ResourceType"` diff --git a/service/kafka/api.go b/service/kafka/api.go index fab2579ba3e..91604f27527 100644 --- a/service/kafka/api.go +++ b/service/kafka/api.go @@ -3793,7 +3793,7 @@ type ClusterInfo struct { OpenMonitoring *OpenMonitoring `locationName:"openMonitoring" type:"structure"` // The state of the cluster. The possible states are ACTIVE, CREATING, DELETING, - // FAILED, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING. + // FAILED, HEALING, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING. State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ClusterState"` // Tags attached to the cluster. @@ -4560,7 +4560,7 @@ type CreateClusterOutput struct { ClusterName *string `locationName:"clusterName" type:"string"` // The state of the cluster. The possible states are ACTIVE, CREATING, DELETING, - // FAILED, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING. + // FAILED, HEALING, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING. State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ClusterState"` } @@ -4781,7 +4781,7 @@ type DeleteClusterOutput struct { ClusterArn *string `locationName:"clusterArn" type:"string"` // The state of the cluster. The possible states are ACTIVE, CREATING, DELETING, - // FAILED, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING. + // FAILED, HEALING, MAINTENANCE, REBOOTING_BROKER, and UPDATING. State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ClusterState"` } @@ -8365,6 +8365,9 @@ const ( // ClusterStateFailed is a ClusterState enum value ClusterStateFailed = "FAILED" + // ClusterStateHealing is a ClusterState enum value + ClusterStateHealing = "HEALING" + // ClusterStateMaintenance is a ClusterState enum value ClusterStateMaintenance = "MAINTENANCE" @@ -8382,6 +8385,7 @@ func ClusterState_Values() []string { ClusterStateCreating, ClusterStateDeleting, ClusterStateFailed, + ClusterStateHealing, ClusterStateMaintenance, ClusterStateRebootingBroker, ClusterStateUpdating, diff --git a/service/lambda/api.go b/service/lambda/api.go index c5da7c0be1e..6f5088b8a91 100644 --- a/service/lambda/api.go +++ b/service/lambda/api.go @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateFunctionRequest(input *CreateFunctionInput) (req *request // Creates a Lambda function. To create a function, you need a deployment package // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/gettingstarted-package.html) // and an execution role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/intro-permission-model.html#lambda-intro-execution-role). -// The deployment package is a ZIP archive or image container that contains +// The deployment package is a .zip file archive or container image that contains // your function code. The execution role grants the function permission to // use AWS services, such as Amazon CloudWatch Logs for log streaming and AWS // X-Ray for request tracing. @@ -612,8 +612,8 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateFunctionRequest(input *CreateFunctionInput) (req *request // of the function, and include tags (TagResource) and per-function concurrency // limits (PutFunctionConcurrency). // -// You can use code signing if your deployment package is a ZIP archive. To -// enable code signing for this function, specify the ARN of a code-signing +// You can use code signing if your deployment package is a .zip file archive. +// To enable code signing for this function, specify the ARN of a code-signing // configuration. When a user attempts to deploy a code package with UpdateFunctionCode, // Lambda checks that the code package has a valid signature from a trusted // publisher. The code-signing configuration includes set set of signing profiles, @@ -5949,6 +5949,10 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionCodeRequest(input *UpdateFunctionCodeInput) (req // The function's code is locked when you publish a version. You can't modify // the code of a published version, only the unpublished version. // +// For a function defined as a container image, Lambda resolves the image tag +// to an image digest. In Amazon ECR, if you update the image tag to a new image, +// Lambda does not automatically update the function. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -7579,9 +7583,9 @@ type CreateFunctionInput struct { // ARN, including the version. Layers []*string `type:"list"` - // The amount of memory that your function has access to. Increasing the function's - // memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is 128 MB. The - // value must be a multiple of 64 MB. + // The amount of memory available to the function at runtime. Increasing the + // function's memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is + // 128 MB. The value can be any multiple of 1 MB. MemorySize *int64 `min:"128" type:"integer"` // The type of deployment package. Set to Image for container image and set @@ -9300,8 +9304,8 @@ func (s *FileSystemConfig) SetLocalMountPath(v string) *FileSystemConfig { } // The code for the Lambda function. You can specify either an object in Amazon -// S3, upload a ZIP archive deployment package directly, or specify the URI -// of a container image. +// S3, upload a .zip file archive deployment package directly, or specify the +// URI of a container image. type FunctionCode struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -9493,11 +9497,11 @@ type FunctionConfiguration struct { // For Lambda@Edge functions, the ARN of the master function. MasterArn *string `type:"string"` - // The memory that's allocated to the function. + // The amount of memory available to the function at runtime. MemorySize *int64 `min:"128" type:"integer"` // The type of deployment package. Set to Image for container image and set - // Zip for ZIP archive. + // Zip for .zip file archive. PackageType *string `type:"string" enum:"PackageType"` // The latest updated revision of the function or alias. @@ -16183,9 +16187,9 @@ type UpdateFunctionConfigurationInput struct { // ARN, including the version. Layers []*string `type:"list"` - // The amount of memory that your function has access to. Increasing the function's - // memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is 128 MB. The - // value must be a multiple of 64 MB. + // The amount of memory available to the function at runtime. Increasing the + // function's memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is + // 128 MB. The value can be any multiple of 1 MB. MemorySize *int64 `min:"128" type:"integer"` // Only update the function if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. @@ -16717,6 +16721,9 @@ const ( // LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeImageAccessDenied is a LastUpdateStatusReasonCode enum value LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeImageAccessDenied = "ImageAccessDenied" + + // LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeInvalidImage is a LastUpdateStatusReasonCode enum value + LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeInvalidImage = "InvalidImage" ) // LastUpdateStatusReasonCode_Values returns all elements of the LastUpdateStatusReasonCode enum @@ -16731,6 +16738,7 @@ func LastUpdateStatusReasonCode_Values() []string { LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeInvalidSecurityGroup, LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeImageDeleted, LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeImageAccessDenied, + LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeInvalidImage, } } @@ -16958,6 +16966,9 @@ const ( // StateReasonCodeImageAccessDenied is a StateReasonCode enum value StateReasonCodeImageAccessDenied = "ImageAccessDenied" + + // StateReasonCodeInvalidImage is a StateReasonCode enum value + StateReasonCodeInvalidImage = "InvalidImage" ) // StateReasonCode_Values returns all elements of the StateReasonCode enum @@ -16975,6 +16986,7 @@ func StateReasonCode_Values() []string { StateReasonCodeInvalidSecurityGroup, StateReasonCodeImageDeleted, StateReasonCodeImageAccessDenied, + StateReasonCodeInvalidImage, } } diff --git a/service/lambda/examples_test.go b/service/lambda/examples_test.go index 7d6d23addea..2bfd29f07a9 100644 --- a/service/lambda/examples_test.go +++ b/service/lambda/examples_test.go @@ -932,9 +932,9 @@ func ExampleLambda_GetPolicy_shared00() { fmt.Println(result) } -// To view a provisioned concurrency configuration +// To get a provisioned concurrency configuration // -// The following example displays details for the provisioned concurrency configuration +// The following example returns details for the provisioned concurrency configuration // for the BLUE alias of the specified function. func ExampleLambda_GetProvisionedConcurrencyConfig_shared00() { svc := lambda.New(session.New()) @@ -971,9 +971,9 @@ func ExampleLambda_GetProvisionedConcurrencyConfig_shared00() { fmt.Println(result) } -// To get a provisioned concurrency configuration +// To view a provisioned concurrency configuration // -// The following example returns details for the provisioned concurrency configuration +// The following example displays details for the provisioned concurrency configuration // for the BLUE alias of the specified function. func ExampleLambda_GetProvisionedConcurrencyConfig_shared01() { svc := lambda.New(session.New()) diff --git a/service/licensemanager/api.go b/service/licensemanager/api.go index bea3aa29cc7..40add308fe6 100644 --- a/service/licensemanager/api.go +++ b/service/licensemanager/api.go @@ -5073,6 +5073,9 @@ type CreateLicenseConfigurationInput struct { // Description of the license configuration. Description *string `type:"string"` + // When true, disassociates a resource when software is uninstalled. + DisassociateWhenNotFound *bool `type:"boolean"` + // Number of licenses managed by the license configuration. LicenseCount *int64 `type:"long"` @@ -5160,6 +5163,12 @@ func (s *CreateLicenseConfigurationInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateLicens return s } +// SetDisassociateWhenNotFound sets the DisassociateWhenNotFound field's value. +func (s *CreateLicenseConfigurationInput) SetDisassociateWhenNotFound(v bool) *CreateLicenseConfigurationInput { + s.DisassociateWhenNotFound = &v + return s +} + // SetLicenseCount sets the LicenseCount field's value. func (s *CreateLicenseConfigurationInput) SetLicenseCount(v int64) *CreateLicenseConfigurationInput { s.LicenseCount = &v @@ -6858,6 +6867,9 @@ type GetLicenseConfigurationOutput struct { // Description of the license configuration. Description *string `type:"string"` + // When true, disassociates a resource when software is uninstalled. + DisassociateWhenNotFound *bool `type:"boolean"` + // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the license configuration. LicenseConfigurationArn *string `type:"string"` @@ -6929,6 +6941,12 @@ func (s *GetLicenseConfigurationOutput) SetDescription(v string) *GetLicenseConf return s } +// SetDisassociateWhenNotFound sets the DisassociateWhenNotFound field's value. +func (s *GetLicenseConfigurationOutput) SetDisassociateWhenNotFound(v bool) *GetLicenseConfigurationOutput { + s.DisassociateWhenNotFound = &v + return s +} + // SetLicenseConfigurationArn sets the LicenseConfigurationArn field's value. func (s *GetLicenseConfigurationOutput) SetLicenseConfigurationArn(v string) *GetLicenseConfigurationOutput { s.LicenseConfigurationArn = &v @@ -7913,6 +7931,9 @@ type LicenseConfiguration struct { // Description of the license configuration. Description *string `type:"string"` + // When true, disassociates a resource when software is uninstalled. + DisassociateWhenNotFound *bool `type:"boolean"` + // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the license configuration. LicenseConfigurationArn *string `type:"string"` @@ -7981,6 +8002,12 @@ func (s *LicenseConfiguration) SetDescription(v string) *LicenseConfiguration { return s } +// SetDisassociateWhenNotFound sets the DisassociateWhenNotFound field's value. +func (s *LicenseConfiguration) SetDisassociateWhenNotFound(v bool) *LicenseConfiguration { + s.DisassociateWhenNotFound = &v + return s +} + // SetLicenseConfigurationArn sets the LicenseConfigurationArn field's value. func (s *LicenseConfiguration) SetLicenseConfigurationArn(v string) *LicenseConfiguration { s.LicenseConfigurationArn = &v @@ -9268,6 +9295,10 @@ type ListResourceInventoryInput struct { // // * resource_id - The ID of the resource. Logical operators are EQUALS | // NOT_EQUALS. + // + // * tag: - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. + // Logical operators are EQUALS (single account) or EQUALS | NOT_EQUALS (cross + // account). Filters []*InventoryFilter `type:"list"` // Maximum number of results to return in a single call. @@ -10751,6 +10782,9 @@ type UpdateLicenseConfigurationInput struct { // New description of the license configuration. Description *string `type:"string"` + // When true, disassociates a resource when software is uninstalled. + DisassociateWhenNotFound *bool `type:"boolean"` + // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the license configuration. // // LicenseConfigurationArn is a required field @@ -10815,6 +10849,12 @@ func (s *UpdateLicenseConfigurationInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateLicens return s } +// SetDisassociateWhenNotFound sets the DisassociateWhenNotFound field's value. +func (s *UpdateLicenseConfigurationInput) SetDisassociateWhenNotFound(v bool) *UpdateLicenseConfigurationInput { + s.DisassociateWhenNotFound = &v + return s +} + // SetLicenseConfigurationArn sets the LicenseConfigurationArn field's value. func (s *UpdateLicenseConfigurationInput) SetLicenseConfigurationArn(v string) *UpdateLicenseConfigurationInput { s.LicenseConfigurationArn = &v diff --git a/service/medialive/api.go b/service/medialive/api.go index 4a3f25c5167..95e0f94e16c 100644 --- a/service/medialive/api.go +++ b/service/medialive/api.go @@ -6728,6 +6728,60 @@ func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioTrackSelection(v *AudioTrackSelection) * return s } +type AudioSilenceFailoverSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the audio selector in the input that MediaLive should monitor + // to detect silence. Select your most important rendition. If you didn't create + // an audio selector in this input, leave blank. + // + // AudioSelectorName is a required field + AudioSelectorName *string `locationName:"audioSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The amount of time (in milliseconds) that the active input must be silent + // before automatic input failover occurs. Silence is defined as audio loss + // or audio quieter than -50 dBFS. + AudioSilenceThresholdMsec *int64 `locationName:"audioSilenceThresholdMsec" min:"1000" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSilenceFailoverSettings"} + if s.AudioSelectorName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AudioSelectorName")) + } + if s.AudioSilenceThresholdMsec != nil && *s.AudioSilenceThresholdMsec < 1000 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("AudioSilenceThresholdMsec", 1000)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAudioSelectorName sets the AudioSelectorName field's value. +func (s *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) SetAudioSelectorName(v string) *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings { + s.AudioSelectorName = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioSilenceThresholdMsec sets the AudioSilenceThresholdMsec field's value. +func (s *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) SetAudioSilenceThresholdMsec(v int64) *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings { + s.AudioSilenceThresholdMsec = &v + return s +} + // Audio Track type AudioTrack struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -10728,6 +10782,10 @@ type DescribeInputDeviceOutput struct { // The type of the input device. For an AWS Elemental Link device that outputs // resolutions up to 1080, choose "HD". Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceType"` + + // Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video + // characteristics of that source. + UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceUhdSettings `locationName:"uhdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -10806,6 +10864,12 @@ func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetType(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput return s } +// SetUhdDeviceSettings sets the UhdDeviceSettings field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetUhdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceUhdSettings) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { + s.UhdDeviceSettings = v + return s +} + type DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -12956,9 +13020,17 @@ func (s *FailoverCondition) SetFailoverConditionSettings(v *FailoverConditionSet type FailoverConditionSettings struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // MediaLive will perform a failover if the specified audio selector is silent + // for the specified period. + AudioSilenceSettings *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings `locationName:"audioSilenceSettings" type:"structure"` + // MediaLive will perform a failover if content is not detected in this input // for the specified period. InputLossSettings *InputLossFailoverSettings `locationName:"inputLossSettings" type:"structure"` + + // MediaLive will perform a failover if content is considered black for the + // specified period. + VideoBlackSettings *VideoBlackFailoverSettings `locationName:"videoBlackSettings" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -12974,11 +13046,21 @@ func (s FailoverConditionSettings) GoString() string { // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FailoverConditionSettings"} + if s.AudioSilenceSettings != nil { + if err := s.AudioSilenceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("AudioSilenceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } if s.InputLossSettings != nil { if err := s.InputLossSettings.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("InputLossSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } + if s.VideoBlackSettings != nil { + if err := s.VideoBlackSettings.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("VideoBlackSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -12986,12 +13068,24 @@ func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) Validate() error { return nil } +// SetAudioSilenceSettings sets the AudioSilenceSettings field's value. +func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) SetAudioSilenceSettings(v *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) *FailoverConditionSettings { + s.AudioSilenceSettings = v + return s +} + // SetInputLossSettings sets the InputLossSettings field's value. func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) SetInputLossSettings(v *InputLossFailoverSettings) *FailoverConditionSettings { s.InputLossSettings = v return s } +// SetVideoBlackSettings sets the VideoBlackSettings field's value. +func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) SetVideoBlackSettings(v *VideoBlackFailoverSettings) *FailoverConditionSettings { + s.VideoBlackSettings = v + return s +} + // Feature Activations type FeatureActivations struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -16462,6 +16556,9 @@ type InputDeviceSummary struct { // The type of the input device. Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceType"` + + // Settings that describe an input device that is type UHD. + UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceUhdSettings `locationName:"uhdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -16540,6 +16637,103 @@ func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetType(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { return s } +// SetUhdDeviceSettings sets the UhdDeviceSettings field's value. +func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetUhdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceUhdSettings) *InputDeviceSummary { + s.UhdDeviceSettings = v + return s +} + +// Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video +// characteristics of that source. +type InputDeviceUhdSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources + // is currently active (SDI or HDMI). + ActiveInput *string `locationName:"activeInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceActiveInput"` + + // The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify + // this source. + ConfiguredInput *string `locationName:"configuredInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConfiguredInput"` + + // The state of the input device. + DeviceState *string `locationName:"deviceState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceState"` + + // The frame rate of the video source. + Framerate *float64 `locationName:"framerate" type:"double"` + + // The height of the video source, in pixels. + Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` + + // The current maximum bitrate for ingesting this source, in bits per second. + // You can specify this maximum. + MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` + + // The scan type of the video source. + ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceScanType"` + + // The width of the video source, in pixels. + Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputDeviceUhdSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputDeviceUhdSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetActiveInput sets the ActiveInput field's value. +func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetActiveInput(v string) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { + s.ActiveInput = &v + return s +} + +// SetConfiguredInput sets the ConfiguredInput field's value. +func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetConfiguredInput(v string) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { + s.ConfiguredInput = &v + return s +} + +// SetDeviceState sets the DeviceState field's value. +func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetDeviceState(v string) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { + s.DeviceState = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerate sets the Framerate field's value. +func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetFramerate(v float64) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { + s.Framerate = &v + return s +} + +// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. +func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetHeight(v int64) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { + s.Height = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. +func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { + s.MaxBitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value. +func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetScanType(v string) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { + s.ScanType = &v + return s +} + +// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. +func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetWidth(v int64) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { + s.Width = &v + return s +} + // Input Location type InputLocation struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -25200,6 +25394,9 @@ type UpdateInputDeviceInput struct { InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"` Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // Configurable settings for the input device. + UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings `locationName:"uhdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -25246,6 +25443,12 @@ func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceInput { return s } +// SetUhdDeviceSettings sets the UhdDeviceSettings field's value. +func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetUhdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceInput { + s.UhdDeviceSettings = v + return s +} + type UpdateInputDeviceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -25282,6 +25485,10 @@ type UpdateInputDeviceOutput struct { // The type of the input device. For an AWS Elemental Link device that outputs // resolutions up to 1080, choose "HD". Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceType"` + + // Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video + // characteristics of that source. + UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceUhdSettings `locationName:"uhdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -25360,6 +25567,12 @@ func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetType(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { return s } +// SetUhdDeviceSettings sets the UhdDeviceSettings field's value. +func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetUhdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceUhdSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { + s.UhdDeviceSettings = v + return s +} + type UpdateInputInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -25832,6 +26045,60 @@ func (s *ValidationError) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ValidationError { return s } +type VideoBlackFailoverSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A value used in calculating the threshold below which MediaLive considers + // a pixel to be 'black'. For the input to be considered black, every pixel + // in a frame must be below this threshold. The threshold is calculated as a + // percentage (expressed as a decimal) of white. Therefore .1 means 10% white + // (or 90% black). Note how the formula works for any color depth. For example, + // if you set this field to 0.1 in 10-bit color depth: (1023*0.1=102.3), which + // means a pixel value of 102 or less is 'black'. If you set this field to .1 + // in an 8-bit color depth: (255*0.1=25.5), which means a pixel value of 25 + // or less is 'black'. The range is 0.0 to 1.0, with any number of decimal places. + BlackDetectThreshold *float64 `locationName:"blackDetectThreshold" type:"double"` + + // The amount of time (in milliseconds) that the active input must be black + // before automatic input failover occurs. + VideoBlackThresholdMsec *int64 `locationName:"videoBlackThresholdMsec" min:"1000" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VideoBlackFailoverSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VideoBlackFailoverSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *VideoBlackFailoverSettings) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoBlackFailoverSettings"} + if s.VideoBlackThresholdMsec != nil && *s.VideoBlackThresholdMsec < 1000 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("VideoBlackThresholdMsec", 1000)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBlackDetectThreshold sets the BlackDetectThreshold field's value. +func (s *VideoBlackFailoverSettings) SetBlackDetectThreshold(v float64) *VideoBlackFailoverSettings { + s.BlackDetectThreshold = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoBlackThresholdMsec sets the VideoBlackThresholdMsec field's value. +func (s *VideoBlackFailoverSettings) SetVideoBlackThresholdMsec(v int64) *VideoBlackFailoverSettings { + s.VideoBlackThresholdMsec = &v + return s +} + // Video Codec Settings type VideoCodecSettings struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` diff --git a/service/rds/api.go b/service/rds/api.go index 3cf2fe53487..532c8496df2 100644 --- a/service/rds/api.go +++ b/service/rds/api.go @@ -894,16 +894,17 @@ func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (r // be a valid request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API action that can be // executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster // snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must contain the following -// parameter values: KmsKeyId - The KMS key identifier for the key to use -// to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS -// Region. This is the same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot -// action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained -// in the pre-signed URL. DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region -// that the DB cluster snapshot is to be created in. SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier -// - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot -// to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) -// format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying an encrypted -// DB cluster snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier +// parameter values: KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the customer +// master key (CMK) to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot +// in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the +// CopyDBClusterSnapshot action that is called in the destination AWS Region, +// and the action contained in the pre-signed URL. DestinationRegion - The +// name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot is to be created in. +// SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier +// for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must +// be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. +// For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from +// the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier // looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115. // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating // Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) @@ -2420,7 +2421,7 @@ func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (req *reques // CreateDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a snapshot of a DB instance. The source DB instance must be in the -// available or storage-optimizationstate. +// available or storage-optimization state. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3477,8 +3478,8 @@ func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceAuto // DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // -// Deletes automated backups based on the source instance's DbiResourceId value -// or the restorable instance's resource ID. +// Deletes automated backups using the DbiResourceId value of the source DB +// instance or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the automated backups. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -13091,20 +13092,20 @@ func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFro // RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. // // Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created -// from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration -// with the default security group and the default DB parameter group. By default, -// the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the -// instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated -// with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment -// and not a single-AZ deployment. -// -// If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored -// DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot -// action. RDS doesn't allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you have -// renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then you can -// pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier in -// the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is that -// you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created from +// from the source database restore point with most of the source's original +// configuration, including the default security group and DB parameter group. +// By default, the new DB instance is created as a Single-AZ deployment, except +// when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group associated +// with mirroring. In this case, the instance becomes a Multi-AZ deployment, +// not a Single-AZ deployment. +// +// If you want to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored DB +// instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot +// action. RDS doesn't allow two DB instances with the same name. After you +// have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then +// you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier +// in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is +// that you replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created from // the snapshot. // // If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier @@ -13923,6 +13924,103 @@ func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBInstance return out, req.Send() } +const opStartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication = "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication" + +// StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for more information on using the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication +func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opStartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput{} + } + + output = &StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// +// Enables replication of automated backups to a different AWS Region. +// +// For more information, see Replicating Automated Backups to Another AWS Region +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReplicateBackups.html) +// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" +// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" +// The DB instance isn't in a valid state. +// +// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" +// An error occurred accessing an AWS KMS key. +// +// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceededFault "DBInstanceAutomatedBackupQuotaExceeded" +// The quota for retained automated backups was exceeded. This prevents you +// from retaining any additional automated backups. The retained automated backups +// quota is the same as your DB Instance quota. +// +// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" +// Storage of the StorageType specified can't be associated with the DB instance. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication +func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication(input *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (*StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext is the same as StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opStartExportTask = "StartExportTask" // StartExportTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -14319,6 +14417,92 @@ func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBInstanceIn return out, req.Send() } +const opStopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication = "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication" + +// StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for more information on using the StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication +func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opStopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput{} + } + + output = &StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. +// +// Stops automated backup replication for a DB instance. +// +// For more information, see Replicating Automated Backups to Another AWS Region +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReplicateBackups.html) +// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's +// API operation StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" +// DBInstanceIdentifier doesn't refer to an existing DB instance. +// +// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" +// The DB instance isn't in a valid state. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication +func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication(input *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (*StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext is the same as StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + // Describes a quota for an AWS account. // // The following are account quotas: @@ -14455,7 +14639,7 @@ type AddRoleToDBClusterInput struct { FeatureName *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Aurora - // DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole. + // DB cluster, for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole. // // RoleArn is a required field RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -15303,11 +15487,11 @@ type CancelExportTaskOutput struct { // a snapshot. IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"` - // The ID of the AWS KMS key that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's - // exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), - // the KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. - // The IAM role used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption - // permissions to use this KMS key. + // The key identifier of the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) that is used + // to encrypt the snapshot when it's exported to Amazon S3. The AWS KMS CMK + // identifier is its key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name. The IAM role + // used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption permissions + // to use this AWS KMS CMK. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The progress of the snapshot export task as a percentage. @@ -15919,23 +16103,24 @@ type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` - // The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key ID is - // the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias - // for the KMS encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The AWS + // KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the + // AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). // // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can - // specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption - // key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster - // snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot. + // specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new AWS KMS CMK. + // If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster + // snapshot is encrypted with the same AWS KMS key as the source DB cluster + // snapshot. // // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another // AWS account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId. // // To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, you must - // set KmsKeyId to the KMS key ID you want to use to encrypt the copy of the - // DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are - // specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption - // keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. + // set KmsKeyId to the AWS KMS key identifier you want to use to encrypt the + // copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. AWS KMS CMKs + // are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use + // CMKs from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. // // If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the // KmsKeyId parameter, an error is returned. @@ -15952,11 +16137,11 @@ type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { // encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must // contain the following parameter values: // - // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt - // the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This - // is the same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action that - // is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the - // pre-signed URL. + // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the customer master key (CMK) + // to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination + // AWS Region. This is the same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot + // action that is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained + // in the pre-signed URL. // // * DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot // is to be created in. @@ -16259,14 +16444,14 @@ type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct { // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` - // The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon - // Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS - // encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB snapshot. The AWS KMS key + // identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS + // customer master key (CMK). // // If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify - // a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption - // key. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of the - // DB snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot. + // a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new AWS KMS CMK. If + // you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of the DB snapshot + // is encrypted with the same AWS KMS key as the source DB snapshot. // // If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, // then you must specify a value for this parameter. @@ -16275,9 +16460,9 @@ type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct { // copy is encrypted. // // If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different AWS Region, then you must - // specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are - // specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption - // keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. + // specify a AWS KMS key identifier for the destination AWS Region. AWS KMS + // CMKs are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't + // use CMKs from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot. @@ -16312,10 +16497,11 @@ type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct { // action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this example, the DestinationRegion // in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 AWS Region. // - // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt - // the copy of the DB snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the - // same identifier for both the CopyDBSnapshot action that is called in the - // destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. + // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the customer master key (CMK) + // to use to encrypt the copy of the DB snapshot in the destination AWS Region. + // This is the same identifier for both the CopyDBSnapshot action that is + // called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the + // presigned URL. // // * SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier - The DB snapshot identifier for the encrypted // snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource @@ -17141,26 +17327,25 @@ type CreateDBClusterInput struct { // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. // - // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption - // key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns - // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use - // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). To use a CMK in a different AWS + // account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN. // - // If an encryption key isn't specified in KmsKeyId: + // When a CMK isn't specified in KmsKeyId: // // * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then - // Amazon RDS will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, - // Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. + // Amazon RDS will use the CMK used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, Amazon + // RDS will use your default CMK. // // * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled and ReplicationSourceIdentifier - // isn't specified, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. + // isn't specified, then Amazon RDS will use your default CMK. // - // AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS - // account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. + // There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different + // default CMK for each AWS Region. // // If you create a read replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, - // you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS - // Region. This key is used to encrypt the read replica in that AWS Region. + // you must set KmsKeyId to a AWS KMS key identifier that is valid in the destination + // AWS Region. This CMK is used to encrypt the read replica in that AWS Region. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any @@ -17205,8 +17390,8 @@ type CreateDBClusterInput struct { // // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt // the copy of the DB cluster in the destination AWS Region. This should - // refer to the same KMS key for both the CreateDBCluster action that is - // called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the + // refer to the same AWS KMS CMK for both the CreateDBCluster action that + // is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the // pre-signed URL. // // * DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that Aurora read replica @@ -18190,20 +18375,19 @@ type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. // - // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption - // key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns - // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can - // use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). To use a CMK in a different AWS + // account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN. // // Amazon Aurora // - // Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For - // more information, see CreateDBCluster. + // Not applicable. The AWS KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. + // For more information, see CreateDBCluster. // // If StorageEncrypted is enabled, and you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId - // parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS - // creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account - // has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. + // parameter, then Amazon RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK + // for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default CMK for each + // AWS Region. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // License model information for this DB instance. @@ -18344,14 +18528,14 @@ type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` - // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The - // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the - // KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). // // If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon - // RDS uses your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption - // key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption - // key for each AWS Region. + // RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your + // AWS account has a different default CMK for each AWS Region. PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values @@ -18996,18 +19180,20 @@ type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct { // initially allocated for the DB instance. Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted read replica. The KMS key ID is the Amazon - // Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS - // encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted read replica. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS CMK. // // If you create an encrypted read replica in the same AWS Region as the source // DB instance, then you do not have to specify a value for this parameter. - // The read replica is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB instance. + // The read replica is encrypted with the same AWS KMS CMK as the source DB + // instance. // // If you create an encrypted read replica in a different AWS Region, then you - // must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys - // are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use - // encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. + // must specify a AWS KMS key identifier for the destination AWS Region. AWS + // KMS CMKs are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you + // can't use CMKs from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. // // You can't create an encrypted read replica from an unencrypted DB instance. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` @@ -19051,14 +19237,14 @@ type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct { // instance. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` - // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The - // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the - // KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). // // If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon - // RDS uses your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption - // key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption - // key for each AWS Region. + // RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your + // AWS account has a different default CMK for each AWS Region. PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values @@ -20542,6 +20728,9 @@ type DBCluster struct { // The AWS KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in the database activity // stream. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). ActivityStreamKmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The mode of the database activity stream. Database events such as a change @@ -20634,7 +20823,7 @@ type DBCluster struct { DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier - // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB + // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS CMK for the DB // cluster is accessed. DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"` @@ -20706,6 +20895,9 @@ type DBCluster struct { // If StorageEncrypted is enabled, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted // DB cluster. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time @@ -21513,6 +21705,9 @@ type DBClusterSnapshot struct { // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted // DB cluster snapshot. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. @@ -22011,6 +22206,9 @@ type DBInstance struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance. DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` + // The list of replicated automated backups associated with the DB instance. + DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication `locationNameList:"DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication" type:"list"` + // Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance. DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` @@ -22057,8 +22255,8 @@ type DBInstance struct { DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"` // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier - // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB - // instance is accessed. + // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS customer master + // key (CMK) for the DB instance is accessed. DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` // Indicates if the DB instance has deletion protection enabled. The database @@ -22111,6 +22309,9 @@ type DBInstance struct { // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted // DB instance. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time @@ -22157,9 +22358,10 @@ type DBInstance struct { // false. PerformanceInsightsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` - // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The - // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the - // KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values @@ -22325,6 +22527,12 @@ func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstance { return s } +// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications field's value. +func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications(v []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) *DBInstance { + s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications = v + return s +} + // SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DBInstance { s.DBInstanceClass = &v @@ -22631,7 +22839,7 @@ func (s *DBInstance) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBIn return s } -// An automated backup of a DB instance. It it consists of system backups, transaction +// An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction // logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted // the source instance. type DBInstanceAutomatedBackup struct { @@ -22645,9 +22853,19 @@ type DBInstanceAutomatedBackup struct { // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the automated backup. + // The retention period for the automated backups. + BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the automated backups. DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the replicated automated backups. + DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of replications to different AWS Regions associated with the automated + // backup. + DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication `locationNameList:"DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication" type:"list"` + // The customer id of the instance that is/was associated with the automated // backup. DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` @@ -22675,9 +22893,10 @@ type DBInstanceAutomatedBackup struct { // The IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the automated backup. Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The AWS KMS key ID for an automated backup. The KMS key ID is the Amazon - // Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS - // encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key ID for an automated backup. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // License model information for the automated backup. @@ -22751,12 +22970,30 @@ func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstanceAut return s } +// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. +func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { + s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v + return s +} + // SetDBInstanceArn sets the DBInstanceArn field's value. func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { s.DBInstanceArn = &v return s } +// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value. +func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { + s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications field's value. +func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications(v []*DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { + s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplications = v + return s +} + // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v @@ -22877,6 +23114,31 @@ func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBacku return s } +// Automated backups of a DB instance replicated to another AWS Region. They +// consist of system backups, transaction logs, and database instance properties. +type DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups. + DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value. +func (s *DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication { + s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v + return s +} + // Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated // with a DB instance. type DBInstanceRole struct { @@ -23634,6 +23896,9 @@ type DBSnapshot struct { Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` // If Encrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // License model information for the restored DB instance. @@ -24498,11 +24763,13 @@ func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapsho type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the automated backups to delete, for example, + // arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE. + DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"` + // The identifier for the source DB instance, which can't be changed and which // is unique to an AWS Region. - // - // DbiResourceId is a required field - DbiResourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -24515,17 +24782,10 @@ func (s DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } -// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. -func (s *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) Validate() error { - invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput"} - if s.DbiResourceId == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DbiResourceId")) - } - - if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { - return invalidParams - } - return nil +// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value. +func (s *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput { + s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v + return s } // SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value. @@ -24537,7 +24797,7 @@ func (s *DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupInput) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *Delet type DeleteDBInstanceAutomatedBackupOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // An automated backup of a DB instance. It it consists of system backups, transaction + // An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction // logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted // the source instance. DBInstanceAutomatedBackup *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `type:"structure"` @@ -26782,6 +27042,10 @@ func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVe type DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups, for example, + // arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE. + DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"` + // (Optional) The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, // it must match the identifier of an existing DB instance. It returns information // from the specific DB instance' automated backup. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. @@ -26852,6 +27116,12 @@ func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) Validate() error { return nil } +// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value. +func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput { + s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v + return s +} + // SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsInput { s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v @@ -31116,11 +31386,11 @@ type ExportTask struct { // a snapshot. IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"` - // The ID of the AWS KMS key that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's - // exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), - // the KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. - // The IAM role used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption - // permissions to use this KMS key. + // The key identifier of the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) that is used + // to encrypt the snapshot when it's exported to Amazon S3. The AWS KMS CMK + // identifier is its key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name. The IAM role + // used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption permissions + // to use this AWS KMS CMK. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The progress of the snapshot export task as a percentage. @@ -31434,7 +31704,7 @@ type GlobalCluster struct { // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the global database cluster. // This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS - // key for the DB cluster is accessed. + // customer master key (CMK) for the DB cluster is accessed. GlobalClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"` // Specifies the current state of this global database cluster. @@ -33455,14 +33725,14 @@ type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct { // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` - // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The - // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the - // KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). // // If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon - // RDS uses your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption - // key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption - // key for each AWS Region. + // RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your + // AWS account has a different default CMK for each AWS Region. PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values @@ -36968,7 +37238,7 @@ type RemoveRoleFromDBInstanceInput struct { FeatureName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the DB - // instance, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole. + // instance, for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AccessRole. // // RoleArn is a required field RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -37769,15 +38039,14 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct { // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. // - // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption - // key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns - // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use - // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). To use a CMK in a different AWS + // account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN. // // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled, and you do not specify a value - // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption - // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your - // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. + // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default CMK. There + // is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default + // CMK for each AWS Region. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any @@ -38296,17 +38565,16 @@ type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { // The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster // from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. // - // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption - // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns - // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use - // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). To use a CMK in a different AWS + // account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN. // - // If you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following + // When you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following // occurs: // // * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted, - // then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used - // to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. + // then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the AWS KMS CMK that was + // used to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. // // * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier isn't // encrypted, then the restored DB cluster isn't encrypted. @@ -38623,21 +38891,20 @@ type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct { // The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster // from an encrypted DB cluster. // - // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption - // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns - // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use - // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). To use a CMK in a different AWS + // account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN. // // You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a - // KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB - // cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the - // KmsKeyId parameter. + // AWS KMS CMK that is different than the AWS KMS key used to encrypt the source + // DB cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the AWS KMS CMK identified + // by the KmsKeyId parameter. // // If you don't specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following // occurs: // // * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted - // using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster. + // using the AWS KMS CMK that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster. // // * If the DB cluster isn't encrypted, then the restored DB cluster isn't // encrypted. @@ -39471,15 +39738,14 @@ type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input struct { // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. // - // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption - // key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns - // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can - // use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). To use a CMK in a different AWS + // account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN. // // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is enabled, and you do not specify a value - // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption - // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your - // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. + // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default CMK. There + // is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default + // CMK for each AWS Region. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The license model for this DB instance. Use general-public-license. @@ -39538,14 +39804,14 @@ type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input struct { // used. OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` - // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The - // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, or - // the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. + // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). // // If you do not specify a value for PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId, then Amazon - // RDS uses your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption - // key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption - // key for each AWS Region. + // RDS uses your default CMK. There is a default CMK for your AWS account. Your + // AWS account has a different default CMK for each AWS Region. PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The amount of time, in days, to retain Performance Insights data. Valid values @@ -40193,6 +40459,10 @@ type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct { // Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z RestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicated automated backups from which + // to restore, for example, arn:aws:rds:useast-1:123456789012:auto-backup:ab-L2IJCEXJP7XQ7HOJ4SIEXAMPLE. + SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn *string `type:"string"` + // The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. // // Constraints: @@ -40408,6 +40678,12 @@ func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreTime(v time.Time) *Resto return s } +// SetSourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn sets the SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn field's value. +func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { + s.SourceDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsArn = &v + return s +} + // SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v @@ -40818,6 +41094,10 @@ type SourceRegion struct { // The status of the source AWS Region. Status *string `type:"string"` + + // Whether the source AWS Region supports replicating automated backups to the + // current AWS Region. + SupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication *bool `type:"boolean"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -40848,6 +41128,12 @@ func (s *SourceRegion) SetStatus(v string) *SourceRegion { return s } +// SetSupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication sets the SupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication field's value. +func (s *SourceRegion) SetSupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication(v bool) *SourceRegion { + s.SupportsDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication = &v + return s +} + type StartActivityStreamInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -40856,7 +41142,8 @@ type StartActivityStreamInput struct { ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` // The AWS KMS key identifier for encrypting messages in the database activity - // stream. The key identifier can be either a key ID, a key ARN, or a key alias. + // stream. The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or + // alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). // // KmsKeyId is a required field KmsKeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -40868,7 +41155,7 @@ type StartActivityStreamInput struct { // Mode is a required field Mode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActivityStreamMode"` - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster. + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the DB cluster, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:12345667890:cluster:das-cluster. // // ResourceArn is a required field ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -41054,6 +41341,123 @@ func (s *StartDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *StartDBClusterOutput return s } +type StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The retention period for the replicated automated backups. + BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. + DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` + + // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of the replicated automated backups. + // The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption key + // in the destination AWS Region, for example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/AKIAIOSFODNN7EXAMPLE. + KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` + + // A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication + // action to be called in the AWS Region of the source DB instance. The presigned + // URL must be a valid request for the StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication + // API action that can be executed in the AWS Region that contains the source + // DB instance. + PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance for the replicated + // automated backups, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:db:mydatabase. + // + // SourceDBInstanceArn is a required field + SourceDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not + // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always + // have the same region as the source ARN. + SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput"} + if s.SourceDBInstanceArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceArn")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. +func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { + s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. +func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { + s.DestinationRegion = &v + return s +} + +// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. +func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { + s.KmsKeyId = &v + return s +} + +// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. +func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { + s.PreSignedUrl = &v + return s +} + +// SetSourceDBInstanceArn sets the SourceDBInstanceArn field's value. +func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetSourceDBInstanceArn(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { + s.SourceDBInstanceArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. +func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { + s.SourceRegion = &v + return s +} + +type StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction + // logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted + // the source instance. + DBInstanceAutomatedBackup *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackup field's value. +func (s *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup(v *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) *StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput { + s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackup = v + return s +} + type StartDBInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -41147,11 +41551,11 @@ type StartExportTaskInput struct { // IamRoleArn is a required field IamRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` - // The ID of the AWS KMS key to use to encrypt the snapshot exported to Amazon - // S3. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, - // or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. The caller of this operation - // must be authorized to execute the following operations. These can be set - // in the KMS key policy: + // The ID of the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) to use to encrypt the snapshot + // exported to Amazon S3. The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, + // alias ARN, or alias name for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). The caller + // of this operation must be authorized to execute the following operations. + // These can be set in the AWS KMS key policy: // // * GrantOperation.Encrypt // @@ -41297,11 +41701,11 @@ type StartExportTaskOutput struct { // a snapshot. IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"` - // The ID of the AWS KMS key that is used to encrypt the snapshot when it's - // exported to Amazon S3. The KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), - // the KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. - // The IAM role used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption - // permissions to use this KMS key. + // The key identifier of the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) that is used + // to encrypt the snapshot when it's exported to Amazon S3. The AWS KMS CMK + // identifier is its key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name. The IAM role + // used for the snapshot export must have encryption and decryption permissions + // to use this AWS KMS CMK. KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The progress of the snapshot export task as a percentage. @@ -41494,6 +41898,9 @@ type StopActivityStreamOutput struct { // The AWS KMS key identifier used for encrypting messages in the database activity // stream. + // + // The AWS KMS key identifier is the key ARN, key ID, alias ARN, or alias name + // for the AWS KMS customer master key (CMK). KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` // The status of the database activity stream. @@ -41593,6 +42000,70 @@ func (s *StopDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *StopDBClusterOutput { return s } +type StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance for which to stop + // replicating automated backups, for example, arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:db:mydatabase. + // + // SourceDBInstanceArn is a required field + SourceDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput"} + if s.SourceDBInstanceArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceArn")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSourceDBInstanceArn sets the SourceDBInstanceArn field's value. +func (s *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) SetSourceDBInstanceArn(v string) *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput { + s.SourceDBInstanceArn = &v + return s +} + +type StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An automated backup of a DB instance. It consists of system backups, transaction + // logs, and the database instance properties that existed at the time you deleted + // the source instance. + DBInstanceAutomatedBackup *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup sets the DBInstanceAutomatedBackup field's value. +func (s *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) SetDBInstanceAutomatedBackup(v *DBInstanceAutomatedBackup) *StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput { + s.DBInstanceAutomatedBackup = v + return s +} + type StopDBInstanceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` diff --git a/service/rds/rdsiface/interface.go b/service/rds/rdsiface/interface.go index 5add01a4105..23415dee77e 100644 --- a/service/rds/rdsiface/interface.go +++ b/service/rds/rdsiface/interface.go @@ -666,6 +666,10 @@ type RDSAPI interface { StartDBInstanceWithContext(aws.Context, *rds.StartDBInstanceInput, ...request.Option) (*rds.StartDBInstanceOutput, error) StartDBInstanceRequest(*rds.StartDBInstanceInput) (*request.Request, *rds.StartDBInstanceOutput) + StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication(*rds.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (*rds.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) + StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext(aws.Context, *rds.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput, ...request.Option) (*rds.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) + StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(*rds.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (*request.Request, *rds.StartDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) + StartExportTask(*rds.StartExportTaskInput) (*rds.StartExportTaskOutput, error) StartExportTaskWithContext(aws.Context, *rds.StartExportTaskInput, ...request.Option) (*rds.StartExportTaskOutput, error) StartExportTaskRequest(*rds.StartExportTaskInput) (*request.Request, *rds.StartExportTaskOutput) @@ -682,6 +686,10 @@ type RDSAPI interface { StopDBInstanceWithContext(aws.Context, *rds.StopDBInstanceInput, ...request.Option) (*rds.StopDBInstanceOutput, error) StopDBInstanceRequest(*rds.StopDBInstanceInput) (*request.Request, *rds.StopDBInstanceOutput) + StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplication(*rds.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (*rds.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) + StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationWithContext(aws.Context, *rds.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput, ...request.Option) (*rds.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput, error) + StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationRequest(*rds.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationInput) (*request.Request, *rds.StopDBInstanceAutomatedBackupsReplicationOutput) + WaitUntilDBClusterSnapshotAvailable(*rds.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) error WaitUntilDBClusterSnapshotAvailableWithContext(aws.Context, *rds.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, ...request.WaiterOption) error diff --git a/service/ssm/api.go b/service/ssm/api.go index 538e40395c4..1318b44d369 100644 --- a/service/ssm/api.go +++ b/service/ssm/api.go @@ -963,6 +963,102 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateOpsItemWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateOpsItemInpu return out, req.Send() } +const opCreateOpsMetadata = "CreateOpsMetadata" + +// CreateOpsMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateOpsMetadata operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateOpsMetadata for more information on using the CreateOpsMetadata +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateOpsMetadataRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateOpsMetadataRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/CreateOpsMetadata +func (c *SSM) CreateOpsMetadataRequest(input *CreateOpsMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateOpsMetadataOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateOpsMetadata, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateOpsMetadataInput{} + } + + output = &CreateOpsMetadataOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateOpsMetadata API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM). +// +// If you create a new application in AppManager, Systems Manager calls this +// API action to specify information about the new application, including the +// application type. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM)'s +// API operation CreateOpsMetadata for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException +// An OpsMetadata object already exists for the selected resource. +// +// * OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException +// The system is processing too many concurrent updates. Wait a few moments +// and try again. +// +// * OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException +// One of the arguments passed is invalid. +// +// * OpsMetadataLimitExceededException +// Your account reached the maximum number of OpsMetadata objects allowed by +// AppManager. The maximum is 200 OpsMetadata objects. Delete one or more OpsMetadata +// object and try again. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/CreateOpsMetadata +func (c *SSM) CreateOpsMetadata(input *CreateOpsMetadataInput) (*CreateOpsMetadataOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateOpsMetadataRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateOpsMetadataWithContext is the same as CreateOpsMetadata with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateOpsMetadata for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *SSM) CreateOpsMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateOpsMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateOpsMetadataOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateOpsMetadataRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opCreatePatchBaseline = "CreatePatchBaseline" // CreatePatchBaselineRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -1642,6 +1738,92 @@ func (c *SSM) DeleteMaintenanceWindowWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteM return out, req.Send() } +const opDeleteOpsMetadata = "DeleteOpsMetadata" + +// DeleteOpsMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteOpsMetadata operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteOpsMetadata for more information on using the DeleteOpsMetadata +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteOpsMetadataRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteOpsMetadataRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/DeleteOpsMetadata +func (c *SSM) DeleteOpsMetadataRequest(input *DeleteOpsMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteOpsMetadataOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteOpsMetadata, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteOpsMetadataInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteOpsMetadataOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// DeleteOpsMetadata API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM). +// +// Delete OpsMetadata related to an application. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM)'s +// API operation DeleteOpsMetadata for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * OpsMetadataNotFoundException +// The OpsMetadata object does not exist. +// +// * OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException +// One of the arguments passed is invalid. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/DeleteOpsMetadata +func (c *SSM) DeleteOpsMetadata(input *DeleteOpsMetadataInput) (*DeleteOpsMetadataOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteOpsMetadataRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteOpsMetadataWithContext is the same as DeleteOpsMetadata with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteOpsMetadata for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *SSM) DeleteOpsMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteOpsMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteOpsMetadataOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteOpsMetadataRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opDeleteParameter = "DeleteParameter" // DeleteParameterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -6568,6 +6750,10 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribePatchPropertiesRequest(input *DescribePatchPropertiesInput // // Valid properties: PRODUCT, PRIORITY // +// MACOS +// +// Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION +// // ORACLE_LINUX // // Valid properties: PRODUCT, CLASSIFICATION, SEVERITY @@ -8272,6 +8458,91 @@ func (c *SSM) GetOpsItemWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetOpsItemInput, opt return out, req.Send() } +const opGetOpsMetadata = "GetOpsMetadata" + +// GetOpsMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetOpsMetadata operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetOpsMetadata for more information on using the GetOpsMetadata +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetOpsMetadataRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetOpsMetadataRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/GetOpsMetadata +func (c *SSM) GetOpsMetadataRequest(input *GetOpsMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetOpsMetadataOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetOpsMetadata, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetOpsMetadataInput{} + } + + output = &GetOpsMetadataOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetOpsMetadata API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM). +// +// View operational metadata related to an application in AppManager. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM)'s +// API operation GetOpsMetadata for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * OpsMetadataNotFoundException +// The OpsMetadata object does not exist. +// +// * OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException +// One of the arguments passed is invalid. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/GetOpsMetadata +func (c *SSM) GetOpsMetadata(input *GetOpsMetadataInput) (*GetOpsMetadataOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetOpsMetadataRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetOpsMetadataWithContext is the same as GetOpsMetadata with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetOpsMetadata for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *SSM) GetOpsMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetOpsMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetOpsMetadataOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetOpsMetadataRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opGetOpsSummary = "GetOpsSummary" // GetOpsSummaryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -10587,6 +10858,89 @@ func (c *SSM) ListInventoryEntriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInvent return out, req.Send() } +const opListOpsMetadata = "ListOpsMetadata" + +// ListOpsMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListOpsMetadata operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListOpsMetadata for more information on using the ListOpsMetadata +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListOpsMetadataRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListOpsMetadataRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/ListOpsMetadata +func (c *SSM) ListOpsMetadataRequest(input *ListOpsMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListOpsMetadataOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListOpsMetadata, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListOpsMetadataInput{} + } + + output = &ListOpsMetadataOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListOpsMetadata API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM). +// +// Systems Manager calls this API action when displaying all AppManager OpsMetadata +// objects or blobs. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM)'s +// API operation ListOpsMetadata for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException +// One of the arguments passed is invalid. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/ListOpsMetadata +func (c *SSM) ListOpsMetadata(input *ListOpsMetadataInput) (*ListOpsMetadataOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListOpsMetadataRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListOpsMetadataWithContext is the same as ListOpsMetadata with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListOpsMetadata for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *SSM) ListOpsMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOpsMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListOpsMetadataOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListOpsMetadataRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opListResourceComplianceSummaries = "ListResourceComplianceSummaries" // ListResourceComplianceSummariesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -13799,6 +14153,99 @@ func (c *SSM) UpdateOpsItemWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateOpsItemInpu return out, req.Send() } +const opUpdateOpsMetadata = "UpdateOpsMetadata" + +// UpdateOpsMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateOpsMetadata operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateOpsMetadata for more information on using the UpdateOpsMetadata +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateOpsMetadataRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateOpsMetadataRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/UpdateOpsMetadata +func (c *SSM) UpdateOpsMetadataRequest(input *UpdateOpsMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateOpsMetadataOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateOpsMetadata, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateOpsMetadataInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateOpsMetadataOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateOpsMetadata API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM). +// +// Systems Manager calls this API action when you edit OpsMetadata in AppManager. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM)'s +// API operation UpdateOpsMetadata for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// * OpsMetadataNotFoundException +// The OpsMetadata object does not exist. +// +// * OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException +// One of the arguments passed is invalid. +// +// * OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException +// The OpsMetadata object exceeds the maximum number of OpsMetadata keys that +// you can assign to an application in AppManager. +// +// * OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException +// The system is processing too many concurrent updates. Wait a few moments +// and try again. +// +// * InternalServerError +// An error occurred on the server side. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/UpdateOpsMetadata +func (c *SSM) UpdateOpsMetadata(input *UpdateOpsMetadataInput) (*UpdateOpsMetadataOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateOpsMetadataRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateOpsMetadataWithContext is the same as UpdateOpsMetadata with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateOpsMetadata for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *SSM) UpdateOpsMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateOpsMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateOpsMetadataOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateOpsMetadataRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opUpdatePatchBaseline = "UpdatePatchBaseline" // UpdatePatchBaselineRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -14628,7 +15075,7 @@ type AssociationDescription struct { // By default, when you create a new associations, the system runs it immediately // after it is created and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify // this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you - // create it. + // create it. This parameter is not supported for rate expressions. ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval *bool `type:"boolean"` // The association ID. @@ -15535,7 +15982,7 @@ type AssociationVersionInfo struct { // By default, when you create a new associations, the system runs it immediately // after it is created and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify // this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you - // create it. + // create it. This parameter is not supported for rate expressions. ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval *bool `type:"boolean"` // The ID created by the system when the association was created. @@ -18396,7 +18843,7 @@ type CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry struct { // By default, when you create a new associations, the system runs it immediately // after it is created and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify // this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you - // create it. + // create it. This parameter is not supported for rate expressions. ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval *bool `type:"boolean"` // Specify a descriptive name for the association. @@ -18630,7 +19077,7 @@ type CreateAssociationInput struct { // By default, when you create a new associations, the system runs it immediately // after it is created and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify // this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you - // create it. + // create it. This parameter is not supported for rate expressions. ApplyOnlyAtCronInterval *bool `type:"boolean"` // Specify a descriptive name for the association. @@ -19582,6 +20029,93 @@ func (s *CreateOpsItemOutput) SetOpsItemId(v string) *CreateOpsItemOutput { return s } +type CreateOpsMetadataInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Metadata for a new AppManager application. + Metadata map[string]*MetadataValue `min:"1" type:"map"` + + // A resource ID for a new AppManager application. + // + // ResourceId is a required field + ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateOpsMetadataInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateOpsMetadataInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateOpsMetadataInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateOpsMetadataInput"} + if s.Metadata != nil && len(s.Metadata) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Metadata", 1)) + } + if s.ResourceId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId")) + } + if s.ResourceId != nil && len(*s.ResourceId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceId", 1)) + } + if s.Metadata != nil { + for i, v := range s.Metadata { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Metadata", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. +func (s *CreateOpsMetadataInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*MetadataValue) *CreateOpsMetadataInput { + s.Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. +func (s *CreateOpsMetadataInput) SetResourceId(v string) *CreateOpsMetadataInput { + s.ResourceId = &v + return s +} + +type CreateOpsMetadataOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OpsMetadata Object or blob created + // by the call. + OpsMetadataArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateOpsMetadataOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateOpsMetadataOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetOpsMetadataArn sets the OpsMetadataArn field's value. +func (s *CreateOpsMetadataOutput) SetOpsMetadataArn(v string) *CreateOpsMetadataOutput { + s.OpsMetadataArn = &v + return s +} + type CreatePatchBaselineInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -20373,6 +20907,61 @@ func (s *DeleteMaintenanceWindowOutput) SetWindowId(v string) *DeleteMaintenance return s } +type DeleteOpsMetadataInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an OpsMetadata Object to delete. + // + // OpsMetadataArn is a required field + OpsMetadataArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteOpsMetadataInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteOpsMetadataInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteOpsMetadataInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteOpsMetadataInput"} + if s.OpsMetadataArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OpsMetadataArn")) + } + if s.OpsMetadataArn != nil && len(*s.OpsMetadataArn) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OpsMetadataArn", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetOpsMetadataArn sets the OpsMetadataArn field's value. +func (s *DeleteOpsMetadataInput) SetOpsMetadataArn(v string) *DeleteOpsMetadataInput { + s.OpsMetadataArn = &v + return s +} + +type DeleteOpsMetadataOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteOpsMetadataOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteOpsMetadataOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + type DeleteParameterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -24376,7 +24965,7 @@ type DescribePatchPropertiesInput struct { OperatingSystem *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"OperatingSystem"` // Indicates whether to list patches for the Windows operating system or for - // Microsoft applications. Not applicable for Linux operating systems. + // Microsoft applications. Not applicable for the Linux or macOS operating systems. PatchSet *string `type:"string" enum:"PatchSet"` // The patch property for which you want to view patch details. @@ -28126,6 +28715,112 @@ func (s *GetOpsItemOutput) SetOpsItem(v *OpsItem) *GetOpsItemOutput { return s } +type GetOpsMetadataInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The maximum number of items to return for this call. The call also returns + // a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of + // results. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A token to start the list. Use this token to get the next set of results. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an OpsMetadata Object to view. + // + // OpsMetadataArn is a required field + OpsMetadataArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetOpsMetadataInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetOpsMetadataInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetOpsMetadataInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetOpsMetadataInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + if s.OpsMetadataArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OpsMetadataArn")) + } + if s.OpsMetadataArn != nil && len(*s.OpsMetadataArn) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OpsMetadataArn", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *GetOpsMetadataInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetOpsMetadataInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetOpsMetadataInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetOpsMetadataInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetOpsMetadataArn sets the OpsMetadataArn field's value. +func (s *GetOpsMetadataInput) SetOpsMetadataArn(v string) *GetOpsMetadataInput { + s.OpsMetadataArn = &v + return s +} + +type GetOpsMetadataOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // OpsMetadata for an AppManager application. + Metadata map[string]*MetadataValue `min:"1" type:"map"` + + // The token for the next set of items to return. Use this token to get the + // next set of results. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // The resource ID of the AppManager application. + ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetOpsMetadataOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetOpsMetadataOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value. +func (s *GetOpsMetadataOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*MetadataValue) *GetOpsMetadataOutput { + s.Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *GetOpsMetadataOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetOpsMetadataOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. +func (s *GetOpsMetadataOutput) SetResourceId(v string) *GetOpsMetadataOutput { + s.ResourceId = &v + return s +} + type GetOpsSummaryInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -35006,6 +35701,106 @@ func (s *ListInventoryEntriesOutput) SetTypeName(v string) *ListInventoryEntries return s } +type ListOpsMetadataInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // One or more filters to limit the number of OpsMetadata objects returned by + // the call. + Filters []*OpsMetadataFilter `type:"list"` + + // The maximum number of items to return for this call. The call also returns + // a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of + // results. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // A token to start the list. Use this token to get the next set of results. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListOpsMetadataInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListOpsMetadataInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListOpsMetadataInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListOpsMetadataInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + if s.Filters != nil { + for i, v := range s.Filters { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. +func (s *ListOpsMetadataInput) SetFilters(v []*OpsMetadataFilter) *ListOpsMetadataInput { + s.Filters = v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListOpsMetadataInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListOpsMetadataInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListOpsMetadataInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOpsMetadataInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +type ListOpsMetadataOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The token for the next set of items to return. Use this token to get the + // next set of results. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // Returns a list of OpsMetadata objects. + OpsMetadataList []*OpsMetadata `min:"1" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListOpsMetadataOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListOpsMetadataOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListOpsMetadataOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOpsMetadataOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetOpsMetadataList sets the OpsMetadataList field's value. +func (s *ListOpsMetadataOutput) SetOpsMetadataList(v []*OpsMetadata) *ListOpsMetadataOutput { + s.OpsMetadataList = v + return s +} + type ListResourceComplianceSummariesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -36614,6 +37409,43 @@ func (s *MaxDocumentSizeExceeded) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } +// Metadata to assign to an AppManager application. +type MetadataValue struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Metadata value to assign to an AppManager application. + Value *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MetadataValue) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MetadataValue) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *MetadataValue) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetadataValue"} + if s.Value != nil && len(*s.Value) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Value", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetValue sets the Value field's value. +func (s *MetadataValue) SetValue(v string) *MetadataValue { + s.Value = &v + return s +} + type ModifyDocumentPermissionInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -37724,6 +38556,465 @@ func (s *OpsItemSummary) SetTitle(v string) *OpsItemSummary { return s } +// Operational metadata for an application in AppManager. +type OpsMetadata struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The date the OpsMetadata objects was created. + CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + + // The date the OpsMetadata object was last updated. + LastModifiedDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + + // The user name who last updated the OpsMetadata object. + LastModifiedUser *string `type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OpsMetadata Object or blob. + OpsMetadataArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The ID of the AppManager application. + ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadata) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadata) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value. +func (s *OpsMetadata) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *OpsMetadata { + s.CreationDate = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModifiedDate sets the LastModifiedDate field's value. +func (s *OpsMetadata) SetLastModifiedDate(v time.Time) *OpsMetadata { + s.LastModifiedDate = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModifiedUser sets the LastModifiedUser field's value. +func (s *OpsMetadata) SetLastModifiedUser(v string) *OpsMetadata { + s.LastModifiedUser = &v + return s +} + +// SetOpsMetadataArn sets the OpsMetadataArn field's value. +func (s *OpsMetadata) SetOpsMetadataArn(v string) *OpsMetadata { + s.OpsMetadataArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. +func (s *OpsMetadata) SetResourceId(v string) *OpsMetadata { + s.ResourceId = &v + return s +} + +// An OpsMetadata object already exists for the selected resource. +type OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorOpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException) Code() string { + return "OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + +// A filter to limit the number of OpsMetadata objects displayed. +type OpsMetadataFilter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A filter key. + // + // Key is a required field + Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A filter value. + // + // Values is a required field + Values []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataFilter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataFilter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *OpsMetadataFilter) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OpsMetadataFilter"} + if s.Key == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key")) + } + if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1)) + } + if s.Values == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values")) + } + if s.Values != nil && len(s.Values) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Values", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetKey sets the Key field's value. +func (s *OpsMetadataFilter) SetKey(v string) *OpsMetadataFilter { + s.Key = &v + return s +} + +// SetValues sets the Values field's value. +func (s *OpsMetadataFilter) SetValues(v []*string) *OpsMetadataFilter { + s.Values = v + return s +} + +// One of the arguments passed is invalid. +type OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorOpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException) Code() string { + return "OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + +// The OpsMetadata object exceeds the maximum number of OpsMetadata keys that +// you can assign to an application in AppManager. +type OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorOpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException) Code() string { + return "OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + +// Your account reached the maximum number of OpsMetadata objects allowed by +// AppManager. The maximum is 200 OpsMetadata objects. Delete one or more OpsMetadata +// object and try again. +type OpsMetadataLimitExceededException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataLimitExceededException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataLimitExceededException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorOpsMetadataLimitExceededException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &OpsMetadataLimitExceededException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *OpsMetadataLimitExceededException) Code() string { + return "OpsMetadataLimitExceededException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *OpsMetadataLimitExceededException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *OpsMetadataLimitExceededException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *OpsMetadataLimitExceededException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *OpsMetadataLimitExceededException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *OpsMetadataLimitExceededException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + +// The OpsMetadata object does not exist. +type OpsMetadataNotFoundException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataNotFoundException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataNotFoundException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorOpsMetadataNotFoundException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &OpsMetadataNotFoundException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *OpsMetadataNotFoundException) Code() string { + return "OpsMetadataNotFoundException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *OpsMetadataNotFoundException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *OpsMetadataNotFoundException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *OpsMetadataNotFoundException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *OpsMetadataNotFoundException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *OpsMetadataNotFoundException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + +// The system is processing too many concurrent updates. Wait a few moments +// and try again. +type OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorOpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException) Code() string { + return "OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" +} + +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException) OrigErr() error { + return nil +} + +func (s *OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) +} + +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode +} + +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID +} + // The OpsItem data type to return. type OpsResultAttribute struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -38784,7 +40075,7 @@ type Patch struct { BugzillaIds []*string `type:"list"` // The Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) ID of the patch. For example, - // CVE-1999-0067. Applies to Linux-based instances only. + // CVE-2011-3192. Applies to Linux-based instances only. CVEIds []*string `type:"list"` // The classification of the patch. For example, SecurityUpdates, Updates, or @@ -45224,7 +46515,7 @@ type UpdateAssociationInput struct { // By default, when you update an association, the system runs it immediately // after it is updated and then according to the schedule you specified. Specify // this option if you don't want an association to run immediately after you - // update it. + // update it. This parameter is not supported for rate expressions. // // Also, if you specified this option when you created the association, you // can reset it. To do so, specify the no-apply-only-at-cron-interval parameter @@ -46961,6 +48252,104 @@ func (s UpdateOpsItemOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +type UpdateOpsMetadataInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The metadata keys to delete from the OpsMetadata object. + KeysToDelete []*string `min:"1" type:"list"` + + // Metadata to add to an OpsMetadata object. + MetadataToUpdate map[string]*MetadataValue `min:"1" type:"map"` + + // The Amazon Resoure Name (ARN) of the OpsMetadata Object to update. + // + // OpsMetadataArn is a required field + OpsMetadataArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateOpsMetadataInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateOpsMetadataInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateOpsMetadataInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateOpsMetadataInput"} + if s.KeysToDelete != nil && len(s.KeysToDelete) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KeysToDelete", 1)) + } + if s.MetadataToUpdate != nil && len(s.MetadataToUpdate) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MetadataToUpdate", 1)) + } + if s.OpsMetadataArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OpsMetadataArn")) + } + if s.OpsMetadataArn != nil && len(*s.OpsMetadataArn) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OpsMetadataArn", 1)) + } + if s.MetadataToUpdate != nil { + for i, v := range s.MetadataToUpdate { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "MetadataToUpdate", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetKeysToDelete sets the KeysToDelete field's value. +func (s *UpdateOpsMetadataInput) SetKeysToDelete(v []*string) *UpdateOpsMetadataInput { + s.KeysToDelete = v + return s +} + +// SetMetadataToUpdate sets the MetadataToUpdate field's value. +func (s *UpdateOpsMetadataInput) SetMetadataToUpdate(v map[string]*MetadataValue) *UpdateOpsMetadataInput { + s.MetadataToUpdate = v + return s +} + +// SetOpsMetadataArn sets the OpsMetadataArn field's value. +func (s *UpdateOpsMetadataInput) SetOpsMetadataArn(v string) *UpdateOpsMetadataInput { + s.OpsMetadataArn = &v + return s +} + +type UpdateOpsMetadataOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OpsMetadata Object that was updated. + OpsMetadataArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateOpsMetadataOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateOpsMetadataOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetOpsMetadataArn sets the OpsMetadataArn field's value. +func (s *UpdateOpsMetadataOutput) SetOpsMetadataArn(v string) *UpdateOpsMetadataOutput { + s.OpsMetadataArn = &v + return s +} + type UpdatePatchBaselineInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -48579,6 +49968,9 @@ const ( // OperatingSystemDebian is a OperatingSystem enum value OperatingSystemDebian = "DEBIAN" + + // OperatingSystemMacos is a OperatingSystem enum value + OperatingSystemMacos = "MACOS" ) // OperatingSystem_Values returns all elements of the OperatingSystem enum @@ -48593,6 +49985,7 @@ func OperatingSystem_Values() []string { OperatingSystemCentos, OperatingSystemOracleLinux, OperatingSystemDebian, + OperatingSystemMacos, } } diff --git a/service/ssm/errors.go b/service/ssm/errors.go index 74b773c776e..199710e71bf 100644 --- a/service/ssm/errors.go +++ b/service/ssm/errors.go @@ -569,6 +569,46 @@ const ( // The specified OpsItem ID doesn't exist. Verify the ID and try again. ErrCodeOpsItemNotFoundException = "OpsItemNotFoundException" + // ErrCodeOpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException for service response error code + // "OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException". + // + // An OpsMetadata object already exists for the selected resource. + ErrCodeOpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException = "OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException" + + // ErrCodeOpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException for service response error code + // "OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException". + // + // One of the arguments passed is invalid. + ErrCodeOpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException = "OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException" + + // ErrCodeOpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException for service response error code + // "OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException". + // + // The OpsMetadata object exceeds the maximum number of OpsMetadata keys that + // you can assign to an application in AppManager. + ErrCodeOpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException = "OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException" + + // ErrCodeOpsMetadataLimitExceededException for service response error code + // "OpsMetadataLimitExceededException". + // + // Your account reached the maximum number of OpsMetadata objects allowed by + // AppManager. The maximum is 200 OpsMetadata objects. Delete one or more OpsMetadata + // object and try again. + ErrCodeOpsMetadataLimitExceededException = "OpsMetadataLimitExceededException" + + // ErrCodeOpsMetadataNotFoundException for service response error code + // "OpsMetadataNotFoundException". + // + // The OpsMetadata object does not exist. + ErrCodeOpsMetadataNotFoundException = "OpsMetadataNotFoundException" + + // ErrCodeOpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException for service response error code + // "OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException". + // + // The system is processing too many concurrent updates. Wait a few moments + // and try again. + ErrCodeOpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException = "OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException" + // ErrCodeParameterAlreadyExists for service response error code // "ParameterAlreadyExists". // @@ -882,6 +922,12 @@ var exceptionFromCode = map[string]func(protocol.ResponseMetadata) error{ "OpsItemInvalidParameterException": newErrorOpsItemInvalidParameterException, "OpsItemLimitExceededException": newErrorOpsItemLimitExceededException, "OpsItemNotFoundException": newErrorOpsItemNotFoundException, + "OpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException": newErrorOpsMetadataAlreadyExistsException, + "OpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException": newErrorOpsMetadataInvalidArgumentException, + "OpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException": newErrorOpsMetadataKeyLimitExceededException, + "OpsMetadataLimitExceededException": newErrorOpsMetadataLimitExceededException, + "OpsMetadataNotFoundException": newErrorOpsMetadataNotFoundException, + "OpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException": newErrorOpsMetadataTooManyUpdatesException, "ParameterAlreadyExists": newErrorParameterAlreadyExists, "ParameterLimitExceeded": newErrorParameterLimitExceeded, "ParameterMaxVersionLimitExceeded": newErrorParameterMaxVersionLimitExceeded, diff --git a/service/ssm/ssmiface/interface.go b/service/ssm/ssmiface/interface.go index c21a8a35813..b1ebed82e14 100644 --- a/service/ssm/ssmiface/interface.go +++ b/service/ssm/ssmiface/interface.go @@ -96,6 +96,10 @@ type SSMAPI interface { CreateOpsItemWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.CreateOpsItemInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.CreateOpsItemOutput, error) CreateOpsItemRequest(*ssm.CreateOpsItemInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.CreateOpsItemOutput) + CreateOpsMetadata(*ssm.CreateOpsMetadataInput) (*ssm.CreateOpsMetadataOutput, error) + CreateOpsMetadataWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.CreateOpsMetadataInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.CreateOpsMetadataOutput, error) + CreateOpsMetadataRequest(*ssm.CreateOpsMetadataInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.CreateOpsMetadataOutput) + CreatePatchBaseline(*ssm.CreatePatchBaselineInput) (*ssm.CreatePatchBaselineOutput, error) CreatePatchBaselineWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.CreatePatchBaselineInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.CreatePatchBaselineOutput, error) CreatePatchBaselineRequest(*ssm.CreatePatchBaselineInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.CreatePatchBaselineOutput) @@ -124,6 +128,10 @@ type SSMAPI interface { DeleteMaintenanceWindowWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.DeleteMaintenanceWindowInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.DeleteMaintenanceWindowOutput, error) DeleteMaintenanceWindowRequest(*ssm.DeleteMaintenanceWindowInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.DeleteMaintenanceWindowOutput) + DeleteOpsMetadata(*ssm.DeleteOpsMetadataInput) (*ssm.DeleteOpsMetadataOutput, error) + DeleteOpsMetadataWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.DeleteOpsMetadataInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.DeleteOpsMetadataOutput, error) + DeleteOpsMetadataRequest(*ssm.DeleteOpsMetadataInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.DeleteOpsMetadataOutput) + DeleteParameter(*ssm.DeleteParameterInput) (*ssm.DeleteParameterOutput, error) DeleteParameterWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.DeleteParameterInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.DeleteParameterOutput, error) DeleteParameterRequest(*ssm.DeleteParameterInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.DeleteParameterOutput) @@ -434,6 +442,10 @@ type SSMAPI interface { GetOpsItemWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.GetOpsItemInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.GetOpsItemOutput, error) GetOpsItemRequest(*ssm.GetOpsItemInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.GetOpsItemOutput) + GetOpsMetadata(*ssm.GetOpsMetadataInput) (*ssm.GetOpsMetadataOutput, error) + GetOpsMetadataWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.GetOpsMetadataInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.GetOpsMetadataOutput, error) + GetOpsMetadataRequest(*ssm.GetOpsMetadataInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.GetOpsMetadataOutput) + GetOpsSummary(*ssm.GetOpsSummaryInput) (*ssm.GetOpsSummaryOutput, error) GetOpsSummaryWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.GetOpsSummaryInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.GetOpsSummaryOutput, error) GetOpsSummaryRequest(*ssm.GetOpsSummaryInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.GetOpsSummaryOutput) @@ -539,6 +551,10 @@ type SSMAPI interface { ListInventoryEntriesWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.ListInventoryEntriesInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.ListInventoryEntriesOutput, error) ListInventoryEntriesRequest(*ssm.ListInventoryEntriesInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.ListInventoryEntriesOutput) + ListOpsMetadata(*ssm.ListOpsMetadataInput) (*ssm.ListOpsMetadataOutput, error) + ListOpsMetadataWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.ListOpsMetadataInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.ListOpsMetadataOutput, error) + ListOpsMetadataRequest(*ssm.ListOpsMetadataInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.ListOpsMetadataOutput) + ListResourceComplianceSummaries(*ssm.ListResourceComplianceSummariesInput) (*ssm.ListResourceComplianceSummariesOutput, error) ListResourceComplianceSummariesWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.ListResourceComplianceSummariesInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.ListResourceComplianceSummariesOutput, error) ListResourceComplianceSummariesRequest(*ssm.ListResourceComplianceSummariesInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.ListResourceComplianceSummariesOutput) @@ -665,6 +681,10 @@ type SSMAPI interface { UpdateOpsItemWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.UpdateOpsItemInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.UpdateOpsItemOutput, error) UpdateOpsItemRequest(*ssm.UpdateOpsItemInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.UpdateOpsItemOutput) + UpdateOpsMetadata(*ssm.UpdateOpsMetadataInput) (*ssm.UpdateOpsMetadataOutput, error) + UpdateOpsMetadataWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.UpdateOpsMetadataInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.UpdateOpsMetadataOutput, error) + UpdateOpsMetadataRequest(*ssm.UpdateOpsMetadataInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.UpdateOpsMetadataOutput) + UpdatePatchBaseline(*ssm.UpdatePatchBaselineInput) (*ssm.UpdatePatchBaselineOutput, error) UpdatePatchBaselineWithContext(aws.Context, *ssm.UpdatePatchBaselineInput, ...request.Option) (*ssm.UpdatePatchBaselineOutput, error) UpdatePatchBaselineRequest(*ssm.UpdatePatchBaselineInput) (*request.Request, *ssm.UpdatePatchBaselineOutput) diff --git a/service/workspaces/api.go b/service/workspaces/api.go index f4d371c0d3d..1f467bd0624 100644 --- a/service/workspaces/api.go +++ b/service/workspaces/api.go @@ -350,6 +350,11 @@ func (c *WorkSpaces) CopyWorkspaceImageRequest(input *CopyWorkspaceImageInput) ( // For more information about copying images, see Copy a Custom WorkSpaces Image // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/workspaces/latest/adminguide/copy-custom-image.html). // +// In the China (Ningxia) Region, you can copy images only within the same Region. +// +// In the AWS GovCloud (US-West) Region, to copy images to and from other AWS +// Regions, contact AWS Support. +// // Before copying a shared image, be sure to verify that it has been shared // from the correct AWS account. To determine if an image has been shared and // to see the AWS account ID that owns an image, use the DescribeWorkSpaceImages @@ -1195,6 +1200,18 @@ func (c *WorkSpaces) DeregisterWorkspaceDirectoryRequest(input *DeregisterWorksp // before the WorkSpace directory is deregistered. If any WorkSpaces are registered // to this directory, you must remove them before you can deregister the directory. // +// Simple AD and AD Connector are made available to you free of charge to use +// with WorkSpaces. If there are no WorkSpaces being used with your Simple AD +// or AD Connector directory for 30 consecutive days, this directory will be +// automatically deregistered for use with Amazon WorkSpaces, and you will be +// charged for this directory as per the AWS Directory Services pricing terms +// (http://aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/pricing/). +// +// To delete empty directories, see Delete the Directory for Your WorkSpaces +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/workspaces/latest/adminguide/delete-workspaces-directory.html). +// If you delete your Simple AD or AD Connector directory, you can always create +// a new one when you want to start using WorkSpaces again. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -4360,6 +4377,18 @@ func (c *WorkSpaces) TerminateWorkspacesRequest(input *TerminateWorkspacesInput) // If the WorkSpace ID isn't returned, then the WorkSpace has been successfully // terminated. // +// Simple AD and AD Connector are made available to you free of charge to use +// with WorkSpaces. If there are no WorkSpaces being used with your Simple AD +// or AD Connector directory for 30 consecutive days, this directory will be +// automatically deregistered for use with Amazon WorkSpaces, and you will be +// charged for this directory as per the AWS Directory Services pricing terms +// (http://aws.amazon.com/directoryservice/pricing/). +// +// To delete empty directories, see Delete the Directory for Your WorkSpaces +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/workspaces/latest/adminguide/delete-workspaces-directory.html). +// If you delete your Simple AD or AD Connector directory, you can always create +// a new one when you want to start using WorkSpaces again. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -4639,11 +4668,21 @@ func (c *WorkSpaces) UpdateWorkspaceImagePermissionRequest(input *UpdateWorkspac // UpdateWorkspaceImagePermission API operation for Amazon WorkSpaces. // -// Shares or unshares an image with one account by specifying whether that account -// has permission to copy the image. If the copy image permission is granted, -// the image is shared with that account. If the copy image permission is revoked, -// the image is unshared with the account. For more information about sharing -// images, see Share or Unshare a Custom WorkSpaces Image (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/workspaces/latest/adminguide/share-custom-image.html). +// Shares or unshares an image with one account in the same AWS Region by specifying +// whether that account has permission to copy the image. If the copy image +// permission is granted, the image is shared with that account. If the copy +// image permission is revoked, the image is unshared with the account. +// +// After an image has been shared, the recipient account can copy the image +// to other AWS Regions as needed. +// +// In the China (Ningxia) Region, you can copy images only within the same Region. +// +// In the AWS GovCloud (US-West) Region, to copy images to and from other AWS +// Regions, contact AWS Support. +// +// For more information about sharing images, see Share or Unshare a Custom +// WorkSpaces Image (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/workspaces/latest/adminguide/share-custom-image.html). // // * To delete an image that has been shared, you must unshare the image // before you delete it. @@ -7665,8 +7704,13 @@ type ImportWorkspaceImageInput struct { // ImageName is a required field ImageName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The ingestion process to be used when importing the image. For non-GPU-enabled - // bundles (bundles other than Graphics or GraphicsPro), specify BYOL_REGULAR. + // The ingestion process to be used when importing the image, depending on which + // protocol you want to use for your BYOL Workspace image, either PCoIP or WorkSpaces + // Streaming Protocol (WSP). To use WSP, specify a value that ends in _WSP. + // To use PCoIP, specify a value that does not end in _WSP. + // + // For non-GPU-enabled bundles (bundles other than Graphics or GraphicsPro), + // specify BYOL_REGULAR or BYOL_REGULAR_WSP, depending on the protocol. // // IngestionProcess is a required field IngestionProcess *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"WorkspaceImageIngestionProcess"` @@ -11842,6 +11886,9 @@ const ( // WorkspaceImageIngestionProcessByolGraphicspro is a WorkspaceImageIngestionProcess enum value WorkspaceImageIngestionProcessByolGraphicspro = "BYOL_GRAPHICSPRO" + + // WorkspaceImageIngestionProcessByolRegularWsp is a WorkspaceImageIngestionProcess enum value + WorkspaceImageIngestionProcessByolRegularWsp = "BYOL_REGULAR_WSP" ) // WorkspaceImageIngestionProcess_Values returns all elements of the WorkspaceImageIngestionProcess enum @@ -11850,6 +11897,7 @@ func WorkspaceImageIngestionProcess_Values() []string { WorkspaceImageIngestionProcessByolRegular, WorkspaceImageIngestionProcessByolGraphics, WorkspaceImageIngestionProcessByolGraphicspro, + WorkspaceImageIngestionProcessByolRegularWsp, } }